‘A Mockery’: Nations Unite in Outrage at Plastics Treaty Draft 13/08/2025 Stefan Anderson A new draft text of the UN Plastics Treaty was met with universal outrage and rejection. Less than 48 hours remain before the deadline for 184 nations to agree on a treaty. GENEVA – A new draft of the global plastics treaty published Wednesday found a clever solution to answering the difficult questions facing nations seeking the historic treaty: delete them from the text. The long-awaited draft arrived at a tense moment in negotiations over what many hoped would be a watershed treaty to address the crisis of plastic pollution choking the environment and harming human health. As delegates shuffled into the United Nations assembly hall, overflow rooms and livestreams, crucial questions surrounding plastic production limits, toxic chemical regulation, human health concerns, finance, and others remained unanswered with just 48 hours left to the deadline. When the new text landed, that did not change. The text assembled by negotiation chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso does not define “plastic” or “plastic pollution” – the fundamental crisis the treaty is supposed to address. It does not include the words chemicals, emissions, climate, fossil fuels, or even single-use plastics. “This text does not have any demonstrable value to end plastic pollution,” Kenya’s delegation said. The fundamental debate over the scope of the treaty – whether it would address the full life cycle of plastics from the extraction of fossil fuels to manufacturing and disposal – is sidestepped in the active clauses of the treaty. Even Saudi Arabia, in describing the treaty text as a “milestone,” questioned the total omission of scope in the chair’s text. “We cannot take this text as the basis of negotiations. Our red lines, and the red lines of the majority of countries represented in this room were not only expunged, they were spat on, and they were burned,” Panama delegate Juan Carlos Monterrey told the chair, who sat next to a visibly and uncharacteristically uncomfortable UNEP chief Inger Andersen, to rousing applause from the room. “Our goal here is to end plastic pollution. Not simply get to a political arrangement,” Monterrey said. “We need to bring production back, we need to bring mandatory reporting back, we need to bring science and justice back to this text.” The European Union signalled Tuesday it was ready to make a deal, but ‘not at any cost.’ The new text further omits any mention of youth, impacts on future generations, gender or inequality. Generation Z, the youngest generation that will have to reckon with the legacy of the plastic pollution crisis, now makes up one-third of the global population. Every active article addressing the health impacts of plastic pollution and the 16,000 chemicals used in their production has also disappeared from the new text. These chemicals have been linked to cancer, infertility, cardiovascular disease and hundreds of thousands of premature deaths annually, according to The Lancet. “We are extremely disappointed at the Chair’s Text’s blatant disregard for the protection of human health and the environment,” said Jam Lorenzo, deputy executive director of BAN Toxics. “A plastics treaty without strong provisions on chemicals of concern can never be successful.” Two articles considered essential by civil society, health experts and scientists covering transparency and traceability of chemicals used in plastics and regulating the use of the over 4,200 toxic chemicals – and the thousands for which no public health data is available – are gone. The new treaty draft confirms another central fear of the health community throughout negotiations: mentions of health are framed as “potential health implications” and “risks,” going against mountains of scientific evidence that show the health impacts of plastic pollution as definite, not theoretical. “The global public is aware of the issues. They know the risks, and they’re demanding this of their government,” Megan Deeney, a Scientists’ Coalition member from the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medecine said. “We can choose to do this now, or we can wait until it’s that much worse and that much harder to come back from.” The two other mentions of health can be found in the preamble, “noting with concern” the effects of plastic pollution on human health, and “recalling” the UN Declaration of Human Rights’ mention of a “right to a healthy environment.” “In its current form, the proposed text is not acceptable. It does not meet the minimum that is needed to respond to the challenges before us,” Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunike said on behalf of the EU. “Only through stronger commitments and more concrete provisions can we ensure the transformative impact that this process was intended to deliver for our citizens and the environment.” Tap stays on Plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to industry and OECD projections. The new treaty draft sets not limits to that expansion. The pivotal battleground issue of limiting plastic production has been deleted from the active clauses of the treaty text. It is mentioned once in the preamble, “reaffirming the importance of promoting sustainable production and consumption of plastics.” No mentions of reducing or limiting production are present in the text. The solutions offered by the treaty to manage plastic production are a complete victory for major plastic-producing nations and the petrochemical industry, including only product design, waste management, and circular economy approaches as remedies. Less than 9% of all plastics ever produced have been effectively recycled, according to OECD estimates. Yet even that figure exceeds the recycling rates of nations pushing waste management as the solution: Saudi Arabia recycles just 3-4% of its plastic waste, Russia between 5-12%, and the United States only 5-6%. Global plastic production is expected to triple by 2060, with the plastics market surpassing $1 trillion annually within the decade. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter. At projected growth rates, plastics alone could consume a quarter of the remaining carbon budget needed to meet the Paris Agreement’s 1.5°C target. “The new chair’s text makes a mockery of a three-year-long consultative process that showed broad support for an ambitious plastics treaty that addresses the full life cycle of plastics, including production,” said David Azoulay, head of delegation for the Center for International Environmental Law. “It gives in to petrostate and industry demands with weak, voluntary measures that guarantee we continue to produce plastic at increasing levels indefinitely, fail to safeguard human health, endanger the environment, and damn future generations,” he added. The legally binding nature of the treaty also appears obsolete in the context of the new draft, which turns to voluntary measures at national discretion rather than well-defined commitments to measures on chemicals, pollution or production. Without binding production limits or chemical regulations, the question of who pays for plastic pollution becomes even more critical. Yet unlike other environmental treaty talks – where financing debates over trillions in climate adaptation funds have dominated recent negotiations – the plastics treaty offers only vague promises. The treaty proposes establishing a new financial instrument, though no numbers or funding targets are mentioned. Like plastic pollution itself, the burden falls heaviest on countries that did little to cause the crisis. Recent experience from the Loss and Damage Fund to the Cali Fund for Biodiversity indicates this fund – still unnamed – will not be operational for years. “This treaty all but ensures nothing will change,” Azoulay said. “It will be very difficult to come back from this.” Written in the shadows INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso has been roundly criticized by nations and civil society for his handling of the negotiations, the vast majority of which have occured behind closed doors. The negotiations that led to the new text proposed by the chair are shrouded in secrecy. Informal negotiations and closed-door meetings between nations, the chair and UN Environment Programme representatives dominated the process. Civil society, including many indigenous peoples, waste pickers and frontline communities, travelled to Geneva from around the world, were effectively shut out of the process altogether. A meeting held by Valdivieso to update observers on Tuesday evening lasted ten minutes – he took no questions. “Why are we here? Why have we paid so much money? Why are the indigenous people here? I honestly don’t know,” said Arpita Bhagat, GAIA’s Plastics Policy Officer, of the exclusion of civil society, adding that the inclusion of civil society has diminished with every INC. “We are at a point in civil society where we are thinking about our choices,” she added. “We have left our families for two weeks, some people risking their jobs, and for what?” Nations did not receive the text ahead of the plenary session, which hampered their ability to provide feedback during the short open-floor debate that was allowed. Valdivieso cited his “commitment to incorporating as many … inputs as possible” as the reason for not delivering the text to all countries. Due to the opaque nature of the negotiations, it is not clear which countries participated in the final drafting of the new treaty text. What is clear is the universal rejection, even from nations seeking a weak treaty: the United States cited seven “red lines crossed,” while Saudi Arabia opposed multiple clauses. One thing is certain: on Tuesday, Denmark’s environment minister promised “drama” was ahead. With the outrage over the new draft and 48 hours left to the deadline, that drama is well underway. Image Credits: UNEP. Will Pesticides Break MAHA’s Alliance with Trump? 13/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan Robert F Kennedy Jr (right) after being sworn in as President Donald Trump’s (left) health secretary The Trump administration’s approach to pesticides could determine whether it continues to enjoy the support of Robert F Kennedy Jr’s Make America Healthy Again (MAHA) movement. Key MAHA leaders, including the leaders of Moms Across America and Children’s Health Defense, wrote a letter to President Donald Trump on Monday urging him not to support “broad liability shields for pesticides and forever chemicals” – or face a backlash in the mid-term elections. According to the letter, provisions in the House Interior and Environment Appropriations Bill for 2026 “create broad product liability protections for domestic and foreign pesticide and chemical manufacturers by refusing to fund the critical and necessary scientific safety assessments for product label updates of more than 57,000 synthetic chemicals that are required by law, as a favor to the pesticide lobby”. The letter urges Trump to ensure “any protections for pesticides are stricken from this Appropriations bill”, warning that “creating broad liability protections for pesticides is a losing issue for your party and your coalition, and may well cost you the House majority in the midterms.” Kennedy’s HHS doesn’t oversee the regulation of pesticides, which falls to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The EPA has been systematically removing environmental regulation over industries – from pollution controls to pesticide restrictions – since Trump assumed office. Report delay over pesticides? Tension over the control of pesticides may well be behind the delay of the MAHA Commission report expected Tuesday from US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. Kennedy had been expected to release part two of his MAHA Commission’s “Make Our Children Healthy Again” report, focusing on the research and strategies needed to address the causes of ill-health in America’s children. It is the follow-up to part one, released in May, which laid out the commission’s assessment of the drivers of the ill-health of America’s children. One of these is children’s exposure to chemicals – including “heavy metals, PFAS [“forever chemicals”], pesticides, and phthalates”, according to the report. It also highlighted that studies of the pesticide, glyphosate, “have noted a range of possible health effects, ranging from reproductive and developmental disorders as well as cancers, liver inflammation and metabolic disturbances”, while experimental animal studies have shown that exposure to another pesticide, atrazine, “can cause endocrine disruption and birth defects”. The US uses more than one billion pounds of pesticide annually and these linger in the soil and groundwater. A 2021 study reported that pesticides had been found in 90% of the 442 US streams sampled by federal scientists. Glyphosate, known by its brandname Roundup, is the most widely used pesticide in the US. After Monsanto genetically modified corn, soy and cotton to tolerate glyphosate in the 1990s, its use increased exponentially as a weeds killer alongside these crops. Atrazine is the second most common pesticide in the US. Both bind to the soil and have been found in groundwater. In 2021, the EPA (under the Biden administration) determined that atrazine and glyphosate are each likely to harm more than 1,000 of the nation’s most endangered plants and animals. The European Union (EU) banned atrazine two decades ago, while the use of glyphosate is restricted in the EU. HHS said this week that while Kennedy had submitted the MAHA part two report to the White House on Tuesday, its public release will happen “shortly” as it “coordinates the schedules of the President and the various cabinet members who are a part of the Commission,” The Hill reported. Commission members include EPA director Lee Zeldin and Russell Vought, head of the President’s Office of Management and Budget and the architect of Project2025, the rightwing blueprint for the Trump takeover. Farmers lobby government Alarmed by the first MAHA Commission report, farmers’ bodies have asserted that restricting or banning pesticides such as atrazine and glyphosate will push up their costs and reduce yields, Progressive Farmer reports. Among them are the Food and Agriculture Climate Alliance (FACA), a coalition of interest groups including farmers, ranchers, forest owners and agribusinesses, and the National Corn Growers Association (NCGA). The White House has held meetings with farmer groups in recent weeks to address their concerns about potential restrictions on pesticides. Last month, Nancy Beck, EPA deputy administrator in the Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Protection, assured a meeting of the American Sugar Alliance that glyphosate would not be restricted. On Tuesday, the Heritage Foundation – the rightwing think-tank that produced Project2025 – hosted a meeting on the “future of farming” that appeared to be aimed at finding common ground between farmers and MAHA supporters. Trump adviser and wellness influencer Calley Means urged MAHA supporters to attack “the deep state” rather than Trump and Kennedy. He also told the meeting that “this is a long-term fight”, which “won’t be won if the soybean farmers and the corn growers are our enemy”, reports Progressive Farmer. Trump advisor and wellness influencer Calley Means addresses the Heritage Foundation event. Environmental rollbacks undermine health Kennedy built MAHA on support from anti-vaxxers and “wellness” advocates with deep suspicions about traditional medicine, which coalesced over suspicions about the mRNA vaccines used against COVID-19. During the COVID-19 pandemic, this group formed an unlikely alliance with Trump-aligned libertarians opposed to vaccine mandates and lockdowns. So far, he is delivering in spades to the anti-vaxxers – by firing all members of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) vaccine advisory group and replacing them with a group dominated by COVID vaccine sceptics, and cancelling $500 million investments in mRNA vaccine development. But he is unable to deliver to the wellness groups on pesticides as he isn’t in charge of environmental health, which lies with the EPA. However, the EPA’s actions are premised on removing restrictions on American businesses rather than keeping Americans healthy. As previously reported by Health Policy Watch, the EPA is considering lifting restrictions on “white asbestos,” the last type of deadly carcinogen still in use in the US. Asbestos exposure causes mesothelioma, lung cancer, and other fatal diseases that kill 40,000 Americans annually. In April, Trump issued an executive order exempting 68 coal-fired electricity generating units from complying with curbs on mercury, arsenic and lead emissions for two years. The EPA has already eliminated requirements for most power plants and heavy industry to monitor greenhouse gas emissions, and pushed back a tax on methane emissions. In January, the Trump administration dismantled the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC), which protects the American public health from toxic pollutants, while the Chemical Safety Board (CSB), an independent committee that analyzes industrial chemical accidents and develops safety recommendations, is to receive zero budget this year. The Trump administration’s cuts to food and medical support for low-income families will also negatively affect Americans’ health. It has cut part of the food aid for low-income families, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), and slashed $1 trillion from the medical insurance safety net, Medicaid, over the next decade, which is predicted to cause at least 12 million Americans to lose their health insurance. ‘Policing popsicles’ In a bid to win favour with the wellness industry, Kennedy has pursued the elimination of coloured dyes in food. However, immunologist and microbiologist Dr Andrea Love says that Kennedy’s crusade against the dyes is simply because they are synthetic, not because there is evidence that they are unhealthy. “MAHA is policing popsicles to distract from their erasure of real public health,” writes Love “Convincing one company to swap the coloring used in their ice cream for another more expensive and less-tested one is going to have zero impact on the health of our country,” adds Love, who is also executive director of the American Lyme Disease Foundation. “You can’t ‘pull yourself up by your bootstraps’ when you have no healthcare, no living wage, no support systems, and you’re handed a $6 box of beet-colored cereal in place of public health.” Image Credits: Facebook. Gaza Malnutrition Deaths Rise, says WHO, while Israeli Hostage Mothers Make Fresh Appeal to ICRC 13/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher (L-R) Mothers of four Israeli hostages still held by Hamas in Geneva, Left to right Galia David, Viki Cohen, Silvia Cunio, Meirav Gilboa Dalal. Far left, Daniel Meron, Israeli Ambassador in Geneva. Despite an uptick in food supplies reaching Gaza this month, critical medical equipment remains barred from entry while deaths from malnutrition continue to mount to 147 casualties as of August 5, said Rick Peeperkorn, the World Health Organization’s representative in the Occupied Palestinian Territories Tuesday at a UN press briefing in Geneva. On the same day, the mothers of four of the estimated 20 living Israeli hostages still held by Hamas, met with the President of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in Geneva, appealing that more be done to secure their sons’ release – after a recently released Hamas video depicted one of starving captives, Evyatar David, digging his own grave in a tunnel. Galia David, mother of Evyatar, shows her son before captivity, and from a video released by Hamas in late July. Speaking at the second UN press briefing, hosted by Israel’s Mission to the UN in Geneva, the hostage mothers also expressed fears that the new large-scale Israeli invasion into Gaza city and other areas still controlled by Hamas could lead to their children’s deaths, diverging from the official government line etched recently by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. “I ask the people in the free world to do everything they can to pressure both sides, Hamas and our government, to sign a deal to release them,” declared Viki Cohen, mother of another 21-year-old hostage Nimrod Cohen, 21, who has been in Hamas captivity since 7 October 2023. “When I heard that our government is intent on expanding the war in Gaza, I was, as a mother, afraid because we know that Hamas will command its terrorists to kill the hostages whenever the IDF is getting close to them. So I’m afraid for their lives,” Cohen said. “Every day for them, it’s a risk, and also for the soldiers who are there. So the only solution, from my point of view, is to finish this nightmare for both sides. We want this war to end.” Malnutrition deaths confirmed by WHO Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA clinic in Gaza City. (July 2025) The 147 Gaza malnutrition deaths, confirmed by the WHO, include 98 adults and 49 children, 39 of which were under 5 years old, Peeperkorn said, speaking by video from Jerusalem. The WHO confirmed count, which the agency said is confirmed directly from Gaza hospital records, is somewhat lower than the count reported by the Hamas controlled- Gaza Health Ministry, which stood at 212 deaths, as of 9 August. Israel has accused Hamas of exaggerating those numbers, saying that most such cases involved children or adults with pre-existing conditions. However, nutrition experts explain that in any hunger crisis or famine, most of those who die typically succumb to pre-existing conditions or infections that a well-fed person can fend off, rather than undernourishment, per se. Right now, some 2,500 Gaza children were suffering severe acute malnutrition, requiring specialised treatment, Peeperkorn said. Meanwhile, cases of meningitis and the infection-linked autoimmune disorder Guillain-Barré Syndrome (GBS), which were identified in July, continue to mount with a total of 452 meningitis cases and 76 suspected GBS cases, identified by WHO and its partners. The outbreaks have been linked to the collapse of water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) infrastructure; overcrowding in shelters, malnutrition and compromised immunity. Complex Israeli entry requirements continue to delay medical supply deliveries Thousands of pallets of aid waited just inside Gaza border at end of July; Israel blamed UN, while UN says Israeli obstacle course for permissions to collect the aid hinders delayed deliveries. Two first line treatments, intravenous immune globulin (IVIG) and plasma exchange (PLEX), are currently out of stock, Peeperkorn said, noting that their delivery “needs to be urgently expedited.” Complex Israeli entry requirements for medical supplies as well as the “arbitrary” denial of entry for international medical teams is leading to more deaths from preventable causes, Peeperkorn stressed. Since 18 March 2025, after the collapse of an eight-week ceasefire, Israeli denial rates for medical supply entries had risen by nearly 50 per cent, with 102 “critical international health professionals”, including surgeons and other specialised medical staff, barred from entry, he said. WHO medicines and equipement supply warehouse in Deir al Balah was destroyed by Israeli forces in late July. There are now fears that the other main warehouse in Gaza city, could meet a similar fate. Since June, WHO has been allowed to bring in 80 trucks with medical supplies as the blockade eased somewhat. However, entry processes remained “difficult and ever changing,” he added with the entry of many items, including assistive devices, intensive care unit beds, freezers, cold chain medicines, and anaesthesia machines, denied. Recently, some 282 pallets of medical supplies entered Israel via Ben Gurion Airport, but the clearance process so far has been too slow. Multiple crossings needed to be opened to allow the delivery of humanitarian supplies, Peeperkorn concluded. In preparation for the recently announced Israeli plan to expand military operations in northern and central Gaza, taking over Gaza City, WHO has sought to stock up hospitals and build reserves but has so far been unable to do so, Peeperkorn added. Peeperkorn also expressed concerns that WHO’s second main warehouse, in Gaza City, is only 500 meters from a new Israeli army evacuation zone, and could be at risk in fighting now, following the destruction of WHO’s warehouse in Deir al Balah in late July. Israel has denied hindering aid deliveries. Flour spilled by trucks en route from the Kerem Shalom crossing to destinations in Gaza visible in satellite images. But on Thursday over 100 international NGOs issued a protest letter, saying that along with obstacles faced by the UN, Israeli authorities are obstructing deliveries by dozens of NGOs that previously provided aid to Gaza – denying over 60 such requests in July alone. Israeli media, as well, has described in detail the gauntlet of barriers aid organizations face — from a new, and more complicated, NGO registration requirements to the army’s designation of very limited, unstable and unsafe delivery routes from Israel’s Zikim and Kerem Shalom crossing points into Gaza, which facilitates looting along the way. Hostage mothers express fears of broader Israeli incursion into Gaza Meirav Gilboa Dallal, mother of Guy, speaking in Geneva after a meeting of hostage mothers and the ICRC President. (Left) Silvia Cuenio, mother of David and Ariel, also still held by Hamas. At the Israeli press briefing, the hostage mothers said that they had a “frank” conversation with ICRC President Mirjana Spoljaric, who listened to their concerns over their sons’ wellbeing, and their appeals to the ICRC to intensify its pressure on Hamas to allow access to the hostages. In a statement after the meeting to Health Policy Watch, an ICRC spokesman said: “The suffering of the families of hostages is intolerable. It cannot continue. All remaining hostages must be released immediately and unconditionally. A ceasefire agreement is needed now to save lives and bring an end to this nightmare.” But the mothers also expressed disbelief over reports that Gazans were dying from malnutrition, following Israel’s two month aid blockade on the enclave from early March to mid-May – -blaming Hamas for hoarding food from their own population, as well as depriving the hostages. That, despite the fact that reports by COGAT, the aid coordination arm of the military, shows that aid covering only about 30% of Gaza caloric needs finally entered the enclave in late May, followed by 60% in June and July each. The mothers also said maintained that they wanted Palestinians as well as Israelis to thrive, side by side – but that can’t happen if Hamas re-establishes its control over the 365 square meter enclave. “I’m not a politician. I want Gazans to live well, and for us to live well. I want peace and love, in this place, where I want my grandchildren to grow up,” said Meirav Gilboa Dallal, mother of Guy, who was kidnapped together with Evyatar David from the Nova Music festival on 7 October 2023. “But both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority are terrorist organizations, and we can’t let them run Gaza. We need something better – maybe something that other countries, perhaps, can bring to Gaza, to rehabilitate it.” No clear end game for Gaza in sight Gaza in ruins with a widening circle of displacement and malnutrition, and no end in sight. Speaking at the briefing, Israel’s Ambassador in Geneva, Daniel Meron, denied that Israel wanted to expel Palestinians from Gaza or resettle the enclave with Israeli Jews once the war is over – despite repeated statements by hard right ministers in Israel’s government expressing exactly that ambition. But Meron struggled to offer a post-war vision of how Gaza could be rebuilt on terms acceptable to Palestinians and the international community – even if the hostages were released and Hamas was disarmed – ruling out a role for the internationally-recognized Palestinian Authority. “Gaza needs to be demilitarized,” said Meron, “Israel needs to continue to have an overriding security control and a non-Israeli peaceful civil administration should exist inside of Gaza. “There is no long term plan for Israel to stay a long time in Gaza,” he maintained. “If there was a magic solution, we would have had that a long time ago, but the situation is very complex. …We can think of different ideas of who’s going to govern Gaza…. There could be international forces with some Arab government countries and some others in Western countries getting together to see what could be the right civil administration. “But it’s not going to be Hamas. And he said it’s not going to be the Palestinian Authority.” –Updated Thursday 14.08.2025 with details of a protest letter on humanitarian aid barriers sent by over 100 NGOs to Israeli authorities. Image Credits: UNRWA, COGAT , Ha'aretz/Planet Labs PBC, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , OCHA. Pan-African Task Force to Address the Brain Health of Ageing Citizens 12/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan Hadija Kisanji, 78, who suffers from dementia sits with her daughter Mariam and grandchildren. Africa’s population over the age of 60 will triple by 2050, bringing “a sharp rise in neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer’s, with profound health and economic costs”, according to a paper published in Nature last week. The paper highlights a five-year strategy, headed by a pan-African task force, to address this demographic shift on the continent, focusing on “early detection, timely care, data-driven systems, and equitable innovation”. Some three-quarters of people living with Alzheimer’s globally are undiagnosed, denying them access to appropriate treatment and care. Given widespread systemic weaknesses in the health systems of several African countries, this may well be the fate of many of the estimated 226 million Africans over 60 projected to be living on the continent by 2050 (up from 69 million in 2017). Currently, only 12 African countries submit data to the Global Dementia Observatory. Tunisia, Algeria and Egypt already have some of the highest dementia-related disease burdens in the world, and by 2050, 14 million Africans are expected to develop Alzheimer’s and related disorders. Health system transformation The “6×5” plan developed by the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaborative (DAC) aims to assist African countries to address this growing problem using low-cost innovations. It comprises six interventions over the next five years: strengthening advocacy and health literacy; positioning brain health as a socioeconomic driver; breaking down silos of people and data; repurposing local resources; investing in artificial intelligence and digital health, and boosting research funding. Advocacy and health literacy “In many African cultural settings, dementia is often linked to madness, witchcraft and demonic possession, or it is dismissed as a natural part of ageing,” the report notes. To address this stigmatising approach, it proposes health literacy campaigns aimed at establishing dementia as “a biological issue that requires immediate attention”. Brain health as a socio-economic driver “Positioning brain health as a cornerstone of Africa’s societal well-being, economic growth and sustainable development is imperative,” according to the plan. It calls for health policy makers to recognise brain health as a critical economic priority, and address individual and societal determinants of brain health across people’s entire lifespans. This would start with the first 1,000 days of life, a critical phase for brain development, and include childhood education to build cognitive skills and lifelong learning opportunities. It would also encompass women’s health initiatives to address gender disparities, initiatives to promote emotional resilience, and healthy ageing strategies that incorporate physical activity, nutrition and social engagement. “The continent has a deeply rooted heritage of social connectedness, collective identity and intergenerational support – factors shown to promote cognitive well-being and mitigate cognitive decline,” the report notes. Alzheimer’s disease is projected to affect over 106 million people by 2050 Repurposing local resources “The continent needs a comprehensive Pan-African Resource Repurposing Strategy for Brain Health – one that identifies underutilised resources and fosters sustainable, affordable and locally driven solutions,” the report notes. Expertise in managing infectious diseases such as HIV can be harnessed to help with the early detection of dementia, for example. Community health workers can be trained to identify early signs of the disease, primary healthcare facilities can serve as hubs for cognitive screening, education and management, and dementia care can be included in non-communicable disease (NCD) services. Breaking down silos “A well-integrated research and data ecosystem is essential for identifying high-risk populations and implementing targeted dementia prevention and early intervention strategies,” the report notes. However, Africa’s research and information systems are fragmented, with “weak data-sharing platforms, limited connectivity between research hubs, and a lack of standardised mechanisms for harmonisation and reporting”. It proposes establishing “a Pan-African network of research centres” to drive a harmonised, transdisciplinary approach to data generation and utilisation. It also advocates for “strengthening cross-sector collaboration through partnerships between health systems, governments, researchers and nongovernmental organisations” and global partnerships. Tech-enabled systems “Digital health solutions offer accessible, scalable and cost-effective alternatives to traditional healthcare approaches,” and Africa’s mobile technology “revolution” means it is well placed to adopt these, the report notes. New digital biomarkers enable early and accurate detection, monitoring and treatment of brain disorders – including data from speech patterns and typing. This “allows for passive and remote monitoring of cognitive changes”, which facilitates the use of AI. Digital technologies can also play a critical role in “identifying and mitigating modifiable risk factors associated with cognitive decline”, including “sleep patterns, physical activity, social engagement and mental health indicators (such as depression)”. But AI-driven solutions are often developed on and for high-income populations, which means Africa needs “a pan-African strategy for AI and machine learning solutions in brain health”. Strengthening research funding “To attract investment from both public and private sectors, brain health leaders must present a compelling economic and social case,” the report notes. It proposes that brain health is integrated into existing healthcare priorities such as maternal and child health, NCDs and social determinants of health. Way forward As Africa transitions to a society with smaller families, there is the prospect of greater economic wealth as the working-age population becomes proportionally larger than the non-working-age population – and this offers a chance to implement measures to prepare for an older population, the paper argues. To effectively implement the priority areas outlined in the 6 × 5 Plan, DAC launched a pan-African task force on brain health in March 2025. The task force’s organising committee, which provides strategic oversight, is composed of DAC, the World Health Organization (WHO), the World Economic Forum (WEF), the World Bank, Alzheimer’s Disease International (ADI) and the African Union. DAC leads the secretariat, which coordinates operational support and communication. Six thematic chairs – covering research, nonprofit, industry, policy, economics and systems thinking – shape strategy and liaise with working group leads. Six working groups, led by operational leads from the five geopolitical zones, focus on executing the priorities of the 6 × 5 plan, ensuring regionally relevant and inclusive solutions across Africa. “Unlike research efforts that focus on therapeutic interventions, DAC’s model emphasises health system transformation, from earlier detection and evidence-based care pathways to strengthening workforce training and improving global data sharing,” according to a media release from the Geneva-based collaboration. Image Credits: Kizito Makoye Shigela/HPW, UCLA . EU Says It’s Ready to Deal on Plastics Treaty, But Not ‘At Any Cost’ 12/08/2025 Stefan Anderson European Union Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall and Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke address reporters at the United Nations in Geneva as time runs out to strike a global plastics treaty. GENEVA – The European Union said Tuesday it is ready to make a deal on a global plastics treaty but will not accept an agreement “at any cost,” leaving the door open to rejecting a weak outcome as negotiators enter the final 72 hours of talks with core provisions still deadlocked. “The EU is here to deal, but not at any cost,” Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall told journalists when asked about reports the bloc was prepared to walk away if production limits were excluded from the final agreement. “If there is no agreement that is good enough, these are negotiations. That’s always an opportunity for everyone in negotiations.” The commissioner’s carefully worded intervention came as high-level delegations arrived at the United Nations hoping to break a week-long impasse over production caps, health provisions, toxic chemical restrictions, financing, and definitions of key terms, including “plastic pollution” itself. Countries also remain divided on the treaty’s fundamental scope: whether the agreement should address the full lifecycle of plastics — from feedstock extraction to disposal — or focus only on waste management and recycling. The EU and an alliance of over 100 states are pushing for hard caps on plastic production, but face stiff opposition from plastic-producing nations. The “like-minded nations” group led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Iran and their allies—flanked by the United States and India—have shown no signs of softening their total opposition to production limits in the treaty. “Everyone will need to compromise,” Roswall said, calling on all 184 nations present to speed up progress towards a deal. “We have a global responsibility to fix this. No country can do this on its own.” Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke, speaking alongside Roswall, characterised the negotiations as “very difficult,” warning that tensions and “drama” would escalate in the coming days as Thursday’s deadline looms over the talks. “There’s going to be a whole lot more drama in the days to come,” Heunicke said. “If you are looking for drama, I’d say stay here, because more drama is going to happen. But our goal is that this drama should end up in a deal.” Both officials declined to specify the EU’s red lines, citing the sensitivity of ongoing negotiations. However, Heunicke emphasised production as a key concern, calling plastic pollution “one of the greatest environmental challenges” globally. “We know it harms our health, it harms our oceans, it harms our future,” Heunicke said. “At the same time, we also know that plastic production is increasing at an exponential rate. That’s why the EU is here … to secure a legally binding international agreement on how plastic is produced, consumed and disposed of.” The consensus-based format of the negotiations, which requires unanimous agreement for the treaty to be accepted, has been roundly criticised by nations and observer delegations for allowing nations seeking to weaken or remove articles on health, toxic chemicals and production limits to maintain their positions with little incentive to compromise. Juan Carlos Monterrey, Panama’s negotiator, told a panel on Monday that the like-minded nations had “not moved an inch” since talks began last week. Ninety-nine per cent of plastics are made from oil, gas and coal, generating a market projected to reach $1 trillion annually in the next decade. Major petrochemical states see booming plastic production as a hedge against declining demand for fossil fuels in traditional energy markets. Behind closed doors Press conference held on Tuesday by the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty. Progress in the negotiations has been difficult to gauge for civil society observers and media alike. Crucial debates over the treaty’s scope, definitions of key terms like “plastics” and “plastic pollution,” limits on toxic chemicals used in plastics and production caps have all occurred behind closed doors. Neither INC representatives nor the UN Environment Programme, which oversees the negotiations, have held a press conference since Saturday. That briefing offered few details, with INC chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso deflecting questions about specific treaty articles and which issues were proving the most difficult to bridge between nations. Negotiators are working from a text with nearly 1,500 items of disagreement on which no progress has been made since Saturday, leaving nations 13 pages further from agreement than after the last round of talks in Busan, South Korea, in December. Melissa Blue Sky, a senior attorney at the Centre for International Environmental Law, noted that the brackets don’t indicate the weight of support: while some clauses have backing from 100 countries, others may have only one supporter, yet all appear equal. “The draft text is misleading because it presents all options as having the same weight, when in fact, some text additions have the support of over a hundred countries and some with only one,” Blue Sky said. “The INC cannot continue with the status quo and expect the negotiations to result in a final treaty.” As nations race to find a compromise, experts from the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty — after a brief venue shuffle due to meeting room overbooking — held a press conference stressing the health and environmental consequences if negotiations fall short. “The science is really undeniable that we need plastic production reduction and we need [it] on global levels and at national levels to be really, really ambitious if we’re going to see any benefits,” said Natalia Grilli, an environmental scientist from the University of Tasmania. “For us, the science is clear. We’re not negotiators … so it’s not that we have red lines. We’re responding to the science.” It remains unclear when the next treaty text will be released. The clearest picture of progress from recent negotiating flurries will likely emerge at Wednesday’s expected plenary session, though none has been formally scheduled. Sources close to national delegations told Health Policy Watch they expect negotiations to extend deep into Thursday night and likely into Friday morning, an all-too-typical endgame for UN environmental negotiations. “If it was only up to the EU, then we all know how high ambitions would be,” Heunicke said. “It is not, however, up to the EU.” “If we all stick to our red lines, that deal is impossible,” the Danish environment chief added. “We will be worse off if we don’t succeed in making a deal. That’s not me saying a deal at any price, but a deal that is legally binding and has strong text and lays the ground for our work in the years ahead.” Global Plastics Treaty Talks Near Collapse With Days to Deadline 11/08/2025 Stefan Anderson “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea,” EU Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall said. GENEVA — The world’s attempt to forge a plastics treaty billed as the most important environmental deal since the Paris climate accord is falling apart after three years of talks. With negotiations due to end Thursday evening, 184 nations gathered in Geneva remain deadlocked over basic definitions, the scope of the treaty and whether to limit plastic production at all. The working text contains nearly 1,500 brackets marking disagreements as of Monday evening — five times more than after the previous failed round in Busan, South Korea, in December. The document has grown by 13 pages since the last draft, adding discord to a negotiation process that appears increasingly rudderless. After nearly three years of talks, countries have yet to agree on a definition of “plastic pollution” itself. Some countries are “even questioning whether the treaty is about plastic” at all, according to an open letter from leading environmental observers Monday. “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea. It’s time to get results,” European Union environment chief Jessika Roswall said. “We have to speed up negotiations and I call again on all parties to be constructive. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty.” Strong opposition to production limits at the negotiations, known as INC5.2, was expected, clearly telegraphed by plastic-producing nations ahead of this week’s meeting. The deadlock pits a small group of leading petrochemical nations, including Saudi Arabia, Russia, the United States and their allies against more than 100 countries seeking mandatory production cuts for plastics, which are made from fossil fuels. With Thursday’s deadline looming, the impasse has frustrated nations and civil society groups seeking action on a crisis affecting human health and the planet. New talks, same problems Opening excerpt of Article 6 of the Plastics Treaty from the “assembled text” forming the basis of negotiations at INC5.2. The central battlefield since treaty talks began in 2022 is Article 6, which addresses plastic production caps. The article remains entirely bracketed, meaning no agreement exists on any of its text. A group of so-called “like-minded” nations led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Morocco, India, Cuba and Kazakhstan want the article and its reference to production limits deleted entirely. These nations argue the crisis can be addressed through improved waste management, recycling and product design. Proponents of production limits say the treaty is ineffectual without caps, given that less than 10% of plastics are currently recycled. “This process cannot result in a narrow waste management treaty,” representatives from the Cook Islands said, noting that small island states already sinking beneath the waves due to sea level rise are also drowning in plastic. Frustration with the treaty process is mounting as Thursday’s deadline approaches. The United States, the world’s second-largest plastic producer behind China, aligns with the “like-minded” group. The US pivot under President Donald Trump struck a major blow to hopes of a strong treaty, reversing the Biden administration’s late support for production limits. US delegates cite plastics’ importance to the American economy and view hard production limits as infringements on sovereignty and an overstep of the treaty’s authority. The US delegation has proposed striking language describing the treaty’s scope as covering the “full life cycle of plastics,” which would include every step from fossil fuel extraction through production to disposal. This change in the treaty’s scope would focus the agreement entirely on waste management, dashing ambitions for the treaty to address production and live up to its billing by UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen as the most consequential environmental agreement since the 2015 Paris Accord. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development estimates that a waste-management-only approach would still result in a 47% increase in mismanaged plastic waste by 2040 as the production boom outpaces infrastructure. Plastic leaked into the environment would increase 50% by 2040 from 2020 levels. Decades of research and billions of dollars have been poured into plastic recycling, yet it remains ineffective. The OECD projects plastic production will triple by 2060 under current trends, with less than 10% recycled. Just 6% of plastics produced in 2040 will be made from recycled materials. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” The Lancet Plastics Countdown stated in a report released last week on the opening day of the talks. The other club About the @UN plastic negotiations. 🧵 A thread 1/2 I look forward to continuing my engagement with all parties on the ground in Geneva. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty. — Jessika Roswall (@JessikaRoswall) August 11, 2025 On the other side of the table, more than 100 nations support legally binding plastic production limits and phase-out dates. This coalition includes the 27 member states of the European Union and other European allies, the United Kingdom, Australia, Switzerland, Canada, 39 small island developing states, and large numbers of African and Latin American nations. Many nations beyond the core group of 100 seeking production cuts have voiced support for limiting chemicals of concern in plastic production, a measure also opposed by the United States and the ‘like-minded’ group. Current proposals list “203X” as placeholder dates for banning single-use plastics, which account for half of global production. The next article states that countries may register for exceptions from these undetermined deadlines. “We will not stand by while our future is bartered away in a stalemate,” Ilana Seid, chair of the Alliance of Small Island States, said. Health provision on the chopping block Many high-ambition nations are also pushing for Article 3, which outlines how plastic chemicals threaten health and the environment. But this article, too, remains largely in brackets. The proposed health component was put forward by Mexico and Switzerland and supported by over 80 countries. It would include legally binding obligations to remove hazardous chemicals from plastics, updated as toxicity science evolves, plus traceability and transparency mechanisms for chemicals of concern. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. Health is mentioned 36 times in the draft text and features in the agreement’s first sentence, which cites protecting “human health” as a key objective. Some nations state health is beyond the treaty’s scope and should be handled by the World Health Organization. At the last World Health Assembly, however, some of the same member states, such as Russia, argued that the agency shouldn’t be involved in the plastics issue, because it was being handled by UNEP. Other countries argue that plastic’s threat to health should be referenced only as a “potential impact,” despite extensive scientific evidence to the contrary. “Many of the chemicals added to plastic during manufacture are hazardous, including endocrine disruptors that lead to hormone imbalance, reproductive disorders, infertility, kidney disease and cancer,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said this week. “Emerging evidence also connects plastic exposures to obesity, diabetes and cardiovascular risks,” Tedros added. “We call on all countries to negotiate, adopt and implement a strong treaty that protects health from the harms of plastic pollution.” ‘Plastics Crisis’ Costs Trillions, Kills Hundreds of Thousands Each Year, Lancet Finds Consensus isn’t working INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso meets with Indigenous Peoples groups in Geneva. The requirement for unanimous agreement embedded in the treaty negotiation framework has allowed low-ambition countries to block progress with little incentive to change course, generating widespread frustration with the INC’s rules of procedure from nations and civil society alike. Ethiopia’s delegation said consensus had been used to “hold the entire process hostage” and called for informal discussions to address challenging articles. “So far, the INC negotiation process is broken. We are currently in damage-control mode, particularly the failure for a vote against consensus, which has continued to place the plastic treaty process into uncertainty,” said Leslie Adogame, executive director of Nigerian environmental think tank SRADeV, part of the International Pollutants Elimination Network. Some countries and environmental groups had hoped INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso would allow a vote in Friday’s plenary to change the rules to a simple majority if consensus proved impossible. The chair yet to bring up such a vote. “We risk having a meaningless treaty without any binding global rules like bans and phase-outs,” Eirik Lindebjerg of the World Wildlife Fund told AFP. “Expecting any meaningful outcome to this process through consensus is a delusion,” Lindebjerg said. “With the time remaining, the ambitious governments must come together as a majority to finalize the treaty text and prepare to agree it through a vote.” During a Saturday press conference, Valesco danced around questions on the most contentious issues in the text and how he plans to move forward. UNEP’s Andersen acknowledged progress had to speed up but insisted a deal remains within reach through compromise. “I’m not saying which would be the compromises. But it is critical when you’re negotiating that countries … begin to talk about what it looks like in terms of compromise,” Andersen said. Momentum to overrule the consensus structure is building as major plastic producers show no signs of changing positions. Russia, Kuwait and Kazakhstan spoke at Saturday’s plenary session, decrying any attempts to move away from consensus. Ministers arrive as the clock ticks Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. High-level ministerial delegations arrive Tuesday with hopes to break the deadlock. With key sections of the treaty still unresolved, it’s unclear whether those delegations will have greater authority to expedite hard decisions. “We need to see the speed accelerate irrespective of who’s arriving when,” Andersen said Saturday. “We’re all counting the days. I don’t think that there’s a set point at which the negotiations have to arrive at the time of the ministers’ arrivals.” Should the talks fail yet again — negotiations were supposed to conclude in Busan but that meeting ended without agreement, forcing this overtime round — high-ambition nations may explore alternatives such as creating their own framework or treaty outside the UN process. With greenhouse gas emissions from plastic production set to more than double by 2050, patience with countries seeking to lock in increased production is wearing thin. The emissions pose increasing threats to natural ecosystems, human health and the planet. “After three years of trying to work by consensus, the negotiations are now at a breaking point,” environmental groups said in a joint statement. “This cannot continue. Member States must use every tool of multilateralism at their disposal and move forward with solutions that aren’t hostage to those defending the status quo.” Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, UNEP, UNEP. WHO Awards Top-Level Recognition to Regulatory Authorities in Canada, UK and Japan 08/08/2025 Editorial team Lucy Mukasia, a clinician at Kibera Health Centre in Nairobi, Kenya, sorts antiretroviral medicines. Decisions by WHO-listed regulatory authorities can help pave the way for the expedited approval of new drugs and vaccines in low-and middle income countries that have less capacity to undertake lengthy and expensive reviews. The World Health Organization (WHO) has designated government regulatory authorities in Canada, Japan, and the United Kingdom as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLAs), a status granted to national authorities that meet the highest international regulatory standards for medical products. The recognition widens the pool of WHO-recognized authorities significantly beyond the previously recognized authorities in Europe, the United States and Singapore. “WHO has designated national regulators in Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom as WHO-listed authorities, meaning they meet the highest international standards for regulation of medical products,” said Tedros at a briefing Thursday for Geneva UN press. Additionally, the Republic of Korea’s Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS) – which had received partial WLA recognition in October 2023 – also had its listing scope expanded, so that the WHO recognition now covers all regulatory functions, Tedros said. Pharmacy at Zouan health centre, Cote d’Ivoire. Approval of new drugs may be slower in countries that lack capacity to undertake regulatory reviews of new products. “Around 70% of countries worldwide still face significant challenges due to weak or inadequate regulatory systems for evaluating and authorizing medical products. WHO-listed authorities play a pivotal role in ensuring more efficient use of limited resources, enabling faster access to quality-assured life-saving medical products to millions more people,” Tedros added saying, “This is an example of the unique role that WHO plays in strengthening national health systems.” The WLA framework was established in 2022 to incorporate lessons leaned from the COVID-19 pandemic – where slow regulatory processes sometimes delayed approvals by low- and middle-income country regulators of vaccines or medicines that had already been cleared by stringent authorities elsewhere. It paved the way for regulatory authorities, especially those in developing countries, to rely on the prior deliberations and decisions of other reputable regulatory agencies, in making their own decisions to approve new medicines, vaccines and medical devices. This helps facilitate more cost-effective and streamlined approval of life-saving medical products in countries with fewer resources and capacity to undertake extensive reviews, WHO says. “The principle of reliance is central to WHO’s approach to regulatory systems strengthening and a cornerstone for effective, efficient and smart regulatory oversight of medical products,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, WHO Assistant Director-General for Health Systems, Access and Data. “WHO-Listed Authorities are key enablers in promoting trust, transparency, and faster access to quality-assured medical products, especially in low- and middle-income countries.” Effectively, the new approvals expands the base of WHO-listed authorities to which other countries can refer significantly beyond the traditional referral points of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and the European Medicines Regulatory Network, as well as Singapore (approved in 2024), to include both the UK and Canada, as well as more partners in Asia. In parallel moves, the African Union and the African Centers for Disease Control have been supporting the operationalization of an African Medicines Agency, which could further harmonize and streamline medicines and vaccines reviews and approvals on the continent. In June, the head of Ghana’s Food and Drugs Authority (FDA) Dr Delese Mimi Darko was appointed as the inaugural Director-General of the AMA at a Conference of State Parties (CoSP) in Rwanda. See related AMA coverage here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/african-medicines-agency-countdown/ Image Credits: ©EC/ECHO/Anouk Delafortrie, Brian Otieno/ Global Fund. Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Will Pesticides Break MAHA’s Alliance with Trump? 13/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan Robert F Kennedy Jr (right) after being sworn in as President Donald Trump’s (left) health secretary The Trump administration’s approach to pesticides could determine whether it continues to enjoy the support of Robert F Kennedy Jr’s Make America Healthy Again (MAHA) movement. Key MAHA leaders, including the leaders of Moms Across America and Children’s Health Defense, wrote a letter to President Donald Trump on Monday urging him not to support “broad liability shields for pesticides and forever chemicals” – or face a backlash in the mid-term elections. According to the letter, provisions in the House Interior and Environment Appropriations Bill for 2026 “create broad product liability protections for domestic and foreign pesticide and chemical manufacturers by refusing to fund the critical and necessary scientific safety assessments for product label updates of more than 57,000 synthetic chemicals that are required by law, as a favor to the pesticide lobby”. The letter urges Trump to ensure “any protections for pesticides are stricken from this Appropriations bill”, warning that “creating broad liability protections for pesticides is a losing issue for your party and your coalition, and may well cost you the House majority in the midterms.” Kennedy’s HHS doesn’t oversee the regulation of pesticides, which falls to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The EPA has been systematically removing environmental regulation over industries – from pollution controls to pesticide restrictions – since Trump assumed office. Report delay over pesticides? Tension over the control of pesticides may well be behind the delay of the MAHA Commission report expected Tuesday from US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. Kennedy had been expected to release part two of his MAHA Commission’s “Make Our Children Healthy Again” report, focusing on the research and strategies needed to address the causes of ill-health in America’s children. It is the follow-up to part one, released in May, which laid out the commission’s assessment of the drivers of the ill-health of America’s children. One of these is children’s exposure to chemicals – including “heavy metals, PFAS [“forever chemicals”], pesticides, and phthalates”, according to the report. It also highlighted that studies of the pesticide, glyphosate, “have noted a range of possible health effects, ranging from reproductive and developmental disorders as well as cancers, liver inflammation and metabolic disturbances”, while experimental animal studies have shown that exposure to another pesticide, atrazine, “can cause endocrine disruption and birth defects”. The US uses more than one billion pounds of pesticide annually and these linger in the soil and groundwater. A 2021 study reported that pesticides had been found in 90% of the 442 US streams sampled by federal scientists. Glyphosate, known by its brandname Roundup, is the most widely used pesticide in the US. After Monsanto genetically modified corn, soy and cotton to tolerate glyphosate in the 1990s, its use increased exponentially as a weeds killer alongside these crops. Atrazine is the second most common pesticide in the US. Both bind to the soil and have been found in groundwater. In 2021, the EPA (under the Biden administration) determined that atrazine and glyphosate are each likely to harm more than 1,000 of the nation’s most endangered plants and animals. The European Union (EU) banned atrazine two decades ago, while the use of glyphosate is restricted in the EU. HHS said this week that while Kennedy had submitted the MAHA part two report to the White House on Tuesday, its public release will happen “shortly” as it “coordinates the schedules of the President and the various cabinet members who are a part of the Commission,” The Hill reported. Commission members include EPA director Lee Zeldin and Russell Vought, head of the President’s Office of Management and Budget and the architect of Project2025, the rightwing blueprint for the Trump takeover. Farmers lobby government Alarmed by the first MAHA Commission report, farmers’ bodies have asserted that restricting or banning pesticides such as atrazine and glyphosate will push up their costs and reduce yields, Progressive Farmer reports. Among them are the Food and Agriculture Climate Alliance (FACA), a coalition of interest groups including farmers, ranchers, forest owners and agribusinesses, and the National Corn Growers Association (NCGA). The White House has held meetings with farmer groups in recent weeks to address their concerns about potential restrictions on pesticides. Last month, Nancy Beck, EPA deputy administrator in the Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Protection, assured a meeting of the American Sugar Alliance that glyphosate would not be restricted. On Tuesday, the Heritage Foundation – the rightwing think-tank that produced Project2025 – hosted a meeting on the “future of farming” that appeared to be aimed at finding common ground between farmers and MAHA supporters. Trump adviser and wellness influencer Calley Means urged MAHA supporters to attack “the deep state” rather than Trump and Kennedy. He also told the meeting that “this is a long-term fight”, which “won’t be won if the soybean farmers and the corn growers are our enemy”, reports Progressive Farmer. Trump advisor and wellness influencer Calley Means addresses the Heritage Foundation event. Environmental rollbacks undermine health Kennedy built MAHA on support from anti-vaxxers and “wellness” advocates with deep suspicions about traditional medicine, which coalesced over suspicions about the mRNA vaccines used against COVID-19. During the COVID-19 pandemic, this group formed an unlikely alliance with Trump-aligned libertarians opposed to vaccine mandates and lockdowns. So far, he is delivering in spades to the anti-vaxxers – by firing all members of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) vaccine advisory group and replacing them with a group dominated by COVID vaccine sceptics, and cancelling $500 million investments in mRNA vaccine development. But he is unable to deliver to the wellness groups on pesticides as he isn’t in charge of environmental health, which lies with the EPA. However, the EPA’s actions are premised on removing restrictions on American businesses rather than keeping Americans healthy. As previously reported by Health Policy Watch, the EPA is considering lifting restrictions on “white asbestos,” the last type of deadly carcinogen still in use in the US. Asbestos exposure causes mesothelioma, lung cancer, and other fatal diseases that kill 40,000 Americans annually. In April, Trump issued an executive order exempting 68 coal-fired electricity generating units from complying with curbs on mercury, arsenic and lead emissions for two years. The EPA has already eliminated requirements for most power plants and heavy industry to monitor greenhouse gas emissions, and pushed back a tax on methane emissions. In January, the Trump administration dismantled the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC), which protects the American public health from toxic pollutants, while the Chemical Safety Board (CSB), an independent committee that analyzes industrial chemical accidents and develops safety recommendations, is to receive zero budget this year. The Trump administration’s cuts to food and medical support for low-income families will also negatively affect Americans’ health. It has cut part of the food aid for low-income families, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), and slashed $1 trillion from the medical insurance safety net, Medicaid, over the next decade, which is predicted to cause at least 12 million Americans to lose their health insurance. ‘Policing popsicles’ In a bid to win favour with the wellness industry, Kennedy has pursued the elimination of coloured dyes in food. However, immunologist and microbiologist Dr Andrea Love says that Kennedy’s crusade against the dyes is simply because they are synthetic, not because there is evidence that they are unhealthy. “MAHA is policing popsicles to distract from their erasure of real public health,” writes Love “Convincing one company to swap the coloring used in their ice cream for another more expensive and less-tested one is going to have zero impact on the health of our country,” adds Love, who is also executive director of the American Lyme Disease Foundation. “You can’t ‘pull yourself up by your bootstraps’ when you have no healthcare, no living wage, no support systems, and you’re handed a $6 box of beet-colored cereal in place of public health.” Image Credits: Facebook. Gaza Malnutrition Deaths Rise, says WHO, while Israeli Hostage Mothers Make Fresh Appeal to ICRC 13/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher (L-R) Mothers of four Israeli hostages still held by Hamas in Geneva, Left to right Galia David, Viki Cohen, Silvia Cunio, Meirav Gilboa Dalal. Far left, Daniel Meron, Israeli Ambassador in Geneva. Despite an uptick in food supplies reaching Gaza this month, critical medical equipment remains barred from entry while deaths from malnutrition continue to mount to 147 casualties as of August 5, said Rick Peeperkorn, the World Health Organization’s representative in the Occupied Palestinian Territories Tuesday at a UN press briefing in Geneva. On the same day, the mothers of four of the estimated 20 living Israeli hostages still held by Hamas, met with the President of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in Geneva, appealing that more be done to secure their sons’ release – after a recently released Hamas video depicted one of starving captives, Evyatar David, digging his own grave in a tunnel. Galia David, mother of Evyatar, shows her son before captivity, and from a video released by Hamas in late July. Speaking at the second UN press briefing, hosted by Israel’s Mission to the UN in Geneva, the hostage mothers also expressed fears that the new large-scale Israeli invasion into Gaza city and other areas still controlled by Hamas could lead to their children’s deaths, diverging from the official government line etched recently by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. “I ask the people in the free world to do everything they can to pressure both sides, Hamas and our government, to sign a deal to release them,” declared Viki Cohen, mother of another 21-year-old hostage Nimrod Cohen, 21, who has been in Hamas captivity since 7 October 2023. “When I heard that our government is intent on expanding the war in Gaza, I was, as a mother, afraid because we know that Hamas will command its terrorists to kill the hostages whenever the IDF is getting close to them. So I’m afraid for their lives,” Cohen said. “Every day for them, it’s a risk, and also for the soldiers who are there. So the only solution, from my point of view, is to finish this nightmare for both sides. We want this war to end.” Malnutrition deaths confirmed by WHO Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA clinic in Gaza City. (July 2025) The 147 Gaza malnutrition deaths, confirmed by the WHO, include 98 adults and 49 children, 39 of which were under 5 years old, Peeperkorn said, speaking by video from Jerusalem. The WHO confirmed count, which the agency said is confirmed directly from Gaza hospital records, is somewhat lower than the count reported by the Hamas controlled- Gaza Health Ministry, which stood at 212 deaths, as of 9 August. Israel has accused Hamas of exaggerating those numbers, saying that most such cases involved children or adults with pre-existing conditions. However, nutrition experts explain that in any hunger crisis or famine, most of those who die typically succumb to pre-existing conditions or infections that a well-fed person can fend off, rather than undernourishment, per se. Right now, some 2,500 Gaza children were suffering severe acute malnutrition, requiring specialised treatment, Peeperkorn said. Meanwhile, cases of meningitis and the infection-linked autoimmune disorder Guillain-Barré Syndrome (GBS), which were identified in July, continue to mount with a total of 452 meningitis cases and 76 suspected GBS cases, identified by WHO and its partners. The outbreaks have been linked to the collapse of water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) infrastructure; overcrowding in shelters, malnutrition and compromised immunity. Complex Israeli entry requirements continue to delay medical supply deliveries Thousands of pallets of aid waited just inside Gaza border at end of July; Israel blamed UN, while UN says Israeli obstacle course for permissions to collect the aid hinders delayed deliveries. Two first line treatments, intravenous immune globulin (IVIG) and plasma exchange (PLEX), are currently out of stock, Peeperkorn said, noting that their delivery “needs to be urgently expedited.” Complex Israeli entry requirements for medical supplies as well as the “arbitrary” denial of entry for international medical teams is leading to more deaths from preventable causes, Peeperkorn stressed. Since 18 March 2025, after the collapse of an eight-week ceasefire, Israeli denial rates for medical supply entries had risen by nearly 50 per cent, with 102 “critical international health professionals”, including surgeons and other specialised medical staff, barred from entry, he said. WHO medicines and equipement supply warehouse in Deir al Balah was destroyed by Israeli forces in late July. There are now fears that the other main warehouse in Gaza city, could meet a similar fate. Since June, WHO has been allowed to bring in 80 trucks with medical supplies as the blockade eased somewhat. However, entry processes remained “difficult and ever changing,” he added with the entry of many items, including assistive devices, intensive care unit beds, freezers, cold chain medicines, and anaesthesia machines, denied. Recently, some 282 pallets of medical supplies entered Israel via Ben Gurion Airport, but the clearance process so far has been too slow. Multiple crossings needed to be opened to allow the delivery of humanitarian supplies, Peeperkorn concluded. In preparation for the recently announced Israeli plan to expand military operations in northern and central Gaza, taking over Gaza City, WHO has sought to stock up hospitals and build reserves but has so far been unable to do so, Peeperkorn added. Peeperkorn also expressed concerns that WHO’s second main warehouse, in Gaza City, is only 500 meters from a new Israeli army evacuation zone, and could be at risk in fighting now, following the destruction of WHO’s warehouse in Deir al Balah in late July. Israel has denied hindering aid deliveries. Flour spilled by trucks en route from the Kerem Shalom crossing to destinations in Gaza visible in satellite images. But on Thursday over 100 international NGOs issued a protest letter, saying that along with obstacles faced by the UN, Israeli authorities are obstructing deliveries by dozens of NGOs that previously provided aid to Gaza – denying over 60 such requests in July alone. Israeli media, as well, has described in detail the gauntlet of barriers aid organizations face — from a new, and more complicated, NGO registration requirements to the army’s designation of very limited, unstable and unsafe delivery routes from Israel’s Zikim and Kerem Shalom crossing points into Gaza, which facilitates looting along the way. Hostage mothers express fears of broader Israeli incursion into Gaza Meirav Gilboa Dallal, mother of Guy, speaking in Geneva after a meeting of hostage mothers and the ICRC President. (Left) Silvia Cuenio, mother of David and Ariel, also still held by Hamas. At the Israeli press briefing, the hostage mothers said that they had a “frank” conversation with ICRC President Mirjana Spoljaric, who listened to their concerns over their sons’ wellbeing, and their appeals to the ICRC to intensify its pressure on Hamas to allow access to the hostages. In a statement after the meeting to Health Policy Watch, an ICRC spokesman said: “The suffering of the families of hostages is intolerable. It cannot continue. All remaining hostages must be released immediately and unconditionally. A ceasefire agreement is needed now to save lives and bring an end to this nightmare.” But the mothers also expressed disbelief over reports that Gazans were dying from malnutrition, following Israel’s two month aid blockade on the enclave from early March to mid-May – -blaming Hamas for hoarding food from their own population, as well as depriving the hostages. That, despite the fact that reports by COGAT, the aid coordination arm of the military, shows that aid covering only about 30% of Gaza caloric needs finally entered the enclave in late May, followed by 60% in June and July each. The mothers also said maintained that they wanted Palestinians as well as Israelis to thrive, side by side – but that can’t happen if Hamas re-establishes its control over the 365 square meter enclave. “I’m not a politician. I want Gazans to live well, and for us to live well. I want peace and love, in this place, where I want my grandchildren to grow up,” said Meirav Gilboa Dallal, mother of Guy, who was kidnapped together with Evyatar David from the Nova Music festival on 7 October 2023. “But both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority are terrorist organizations, and we can’t let them run Gaza. We need something better – maybe something that other countries, perhaps, can bring to Gaza, to rehabilitate it.” No clear end game for Gaza in sight Gaza in ruins with a widening circle of displacement and malnutrition, and no end in sight. Speaking at the briefing, Israel’s Ambassador in Geneva, Daniel Meron, denied that Israel wanted to expel Palestinians from Gaza or resettle the enclave with Israeli Jews once the war is over – despite repeated statements by hard right ministers in Israel’s government expressing exactly that ambition. But Meron struggled to offer a post-war vision of how Gaza could be rebuilt on terms acceptable to Palestinians and the international community – even if the hostages were released and Hamas was disarmed – ruling out a role for the internationally-recognized Palestinian Authority. “Gaza needs to be demilitarized,” said Meron, “Israel needs to continue to have an overriding security control and a non-Israeli peaceful civil administration should exist inside of Gaza. “There is no long term plan for Israel to stay a long time in Gaza,” he maintained. “If there was a magic solution, we would have had that a long time ago, but the situation is very complex. …We can think of different ideas of who’s going to govern Gaza…. There could be international forces with some Arab government countries and some others in Western countries getting together to see what could be the right civil administration. “But it’s not going to be Hamas. And he said it’s not going to be the Palestinian Authority.” –Updated Thursday 14.08.2025 with details of a protest letter on humanitarian aid barriers sent by over 100 NGOs to Israeli authorities. Image Credits: UNRWA, COGAT , Ha'aretz/Planet Labs PBC, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , OCHA. Pan-African Task Force to Address the Brain Health of Ageing Citizens 12/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan Hadija Kisanji, 78, who suffers from dementia sits with her daughter Mariam and grandchildren. Africa’s population over the age of 60 will triple by 2050, bringing “a sharp rise in neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer’s, with profound health and economic costs”, according to a paper published in Nature last week. The paper highlights a five-year strategy, headed by a pan-African task force, to address this demographic shift on the continent, focusing on “early detection, timely care, data-driven systems, and equitable innovation”. Some three-quarters of people living with Alzheimer’s globally are undiagnosed, denying them access to appropriate treatment and care. Given widespread systemic weaknesses in the health systems of several African countries, this may well be the fate of many of the estimated 226 million Africans over 60 projected to be living on the continent by 2050 (up from 69 million in 2017). Currently, only 12 African countries submit data to the Global Dementia Observatory. Tunisia, Algeria and Egypt already have some of the highest dementia-related disease burdens in the world, and by 2050, 14 million Africans are expected to develop Alzheimer’s and related disorders. Health system transformation The “6×5” plan developed by the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaborative (DAC) aims to assist African countries to address this growing problem using low-cost innovations. It comprises six interventions over the next five years: strengthening advocacy and health literacy; positioning brain health as a socioeconomic driver; breaking down silos of people and data; repurposing local resources; investing in artificial intelligence and digital health, and boosting research funding. Advocacy and health literacy “In many African cultural settings, dementia is often linked to madness, witchcraft and demonic possession, or it is dismissed as a natural part of ageing,” the report notes. To address this stigmatising approach, it proposes health literacy campaigns aimed at establishing dementia as “a biological issue that requires immediate attention”. Brain health as a socio-economic driver “Positioning brain health as a cornerstone of Africa’s societal well-being, economic growth and sustainable development is imperative,” according to the plan. It calls for health policy makers to recognise brain health as a critical economic priority, and address individual and societal determinants of brain health across people’s entire lifespans. This would start with the first 1,000 days of life, a critical phase for brain development, and include childhood education to build cognitive skills and lifelong learning opportunities. It would also encompass women’s health initiatives to address gender disparities, initiatives to promote emotional resilience, and healthy ageing strategies that incorporate physical activity, nutrition and social engagement. “The continent has a deeply rooted heritage of social connectedness, collective identity and intergenerational support – factors shown to promote cognitive well-being and mitigate cognitive decline,” the report notes. Alzheimer’s disease is projected to affect over 106 million people by 2050 Repurposing local resources “The continent needs a comprehensive Pan-African Resource Repurposing Strategy for Brain Health – one that identifies underutilised resources and fosters sustainable, affordable and locally driven solutions,” the report notes. Expertise in managing infectious diseases such as HIV can be harnessed to help with the early detection of dementia, for example. Community health workers can be trained to identify early signs of the disease, primary healthcare facilities can serve as hubs for cognitive screening, education and management, and dementia care can be included in non-communicable disease (NCD) services. Breaking down silos “A well-integrated research and data ecosystem is essential for identifying high-risk populations and implementing targeted dementia prevention and early intervention strategies,” the report notes. However, Africa’s research and information systems are fragmented, with “weak data-sharing platforms, limited connectivity between research hubs, and a lack of standardised mechanisms for harmonisation and reporting”. It proposes establishing “a Pan-African network of research centres” to drive a harmonised, transdisciplinary approach to data generation and utilisation. It also advocates for “strengthening cross-sector collaboration through partnerships between health systems, governments, researchers and nongovernmental organisations” and global partnerships. Tech-enabled systems “Digital health solutions offer accessible, scalable and cost-effective alternatives to traditional healthcare approaches,” and Africa’s mobile technology “revolution” means it is well placed to adopt these, the report notes. New digital biomarkers enable early and accurate detection, monitoring and treatment of brain disorders – including data from speech patterns and typing. This “allows for passive and remote monitoring of cognitive changes”, which facilitates the use of AI. Digital technologies can also play a critical role in “identifying and mitigating modifiable risk factors associated with cognitive decline”, including “sleep patterns, physical activity, social engagement and mental health indicators (such as depression)”. But AI-driven solutions are often developed on and for high-income populations, which means Africa needs “a pan-African strategy for AI and machine learning solutions in brain health”. Strengthening research funding “To attract investment from both public and private sectors, brain health leaders must present a compelling economic and social case,” the report notes. It proposes that brain health is integrated into existing healthcare priorities such as maternal and child health, NCDs and social determinants of health. Way forward As Africa transitions to a society with smaller families, there is the prospect of greater economic wealth as the working-age population becomes proportionally larger than the non-working-age population – and this offers a chance to implement measures to prepare for an older population, the paper argues. To effectively implement the priority areas outlined in the 6 × 5 Plan, DAC launched a pan-African task force on brain health in March 2025. The task force’s organising committee, which provides strategic oversight, is composed of DAC, the World Health Organization (WHO), the World Economic Forum (WEF), the World Bank, Alzheimer’s Disease International (ADI) and the African Union. DAC leads the secretariat, which coordinates operational support and communication. Six thematic chairs – covering research, nonprofit, industry, policy, economics and systems thinking – shape strategy and liaise with working group leads. Six working groups, led by operational leads from the five geopolitical zones, focus on executing the priorities of the 6 × 5 plan, ensuring regionally relevant and inclusive solutions across Africa. “Unlike research efforts that focus on therapeutic interventions, DAC’s model emphasises health system transformation, from earlier detection and evidence-based care pathways to strengthening workforce training and improving global data sharing,” according to a media release from the Geneva-based collaboration. Image Credits: Kizito Makoye Shigela/HPW, UCLA . EU Says It’s Ready to Deal on Plastics Treaty, But Not ‘At Any Cost’ 12/08/2025 Stefan Anderson European Union Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall and Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke address reporters at the United Nations in Geneva as time runs out to strike a global plastics treaty. GENEVA – The European Union said Tuesday it is ready to make a deal on a global plastics treaty but will not accept an agreement “at any cost,” leaving the door open to rejecting a weak outcome as negotiators enter the final 72 hours of talks with core provisions still deadlocked. “The EU is here to deal, but not at any cost,” Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall told journalists when asked about reports the bloc was prepared to walk away if production limits were excluded from the final agreement. “If there is no agreement that is good enough, these are negotiations. That’s always an opportunity for everyone in negotiations.” The commissioner’s carefully worded intervention came as high-level delegations arrived at the United Nations hoping to break a week-long impasse over production caps, health provisions, toxic chemical restrictions, financing, and definitions of key terms, including “plastic pollution” itself. Countries also remain divided on the treaty’s fundamental scope: whether the agreement should address the full lifecycle of plastics — from feedstock extraction to disposal — or focus only on waste management and recycling. The EU and an alliance of over 100 states are pushing for hard caps on plastic production, but face stiff opposition from plastic-producing nations. The “like-minded nations” group led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Iran and their allies—flanked by the United States and India—have shown no signs of softening their total opposition to production limits in the treaty. “Everyone will need to compromise,” Roswall said, calling on all 184 nations present to speed up progress towards a deal. “We have a global responsibility to fix this. No country can do this on its own.” Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke, speaking alongside Roswall, characterised the negotiations as “very difficult,” warning that tensions and “drama” would escalate in the coming days as Thursday’s deadline looms over the talks. “There’s going to be a whole lot more drama in the days to come,” Heunicke said. “If you are looking for drama, I’d say stay here, because more drama is going to happen. But our goal is that this drama should end up in a deal.” Both officials declined to specify the EU’s red lines, citing the sensitivity of ongoing negotiations. However, Heunicke emphasised production as a key concern, calling plastic pollution “one of the greatest environmental challenges” globally. “We know it harms our health, it harms our oceans, it harms our future,” Heunicke said. “At the same time, we also know that plastic production is increasing at an exponential rate. That’s why the EU is here … to secure a legally binding international agreement on how plastic is produced, consumed and disposed of.” The consensus-based format of the negotiations, which requires unanimous agreement for the treaty to be accepted, has been roundly criticised by nations and observer delegations for allowing nations seeking to weaken or remove articles on health, toxic chemicals and production limits to maintain their positions with little incentive to compromise. Juan Carlos Monterrey, Panama’s negotiator, told a panel on Monday that the like-minded nations had “not moved an inch” since talks began last week. Ninety-nine per cent of plastics are made from oil, gas and coal, generating a market projected to reach $1 trillion annually in the next decade. Major petrochemical states see booming plastic production as a hedge against declining demand for fossil fuels in traditional energy markets. Behind closed doors Press conference held on Tuesday by the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty. Progress in the negotiations has been difficult to gauge for civil society observers and media alike. Crucial debates over the treaty’s scope, definitions of key terms like “plastics” and “plastic pollution,” limits on toxic chemicals used in plastics and production caps have all occurred behind closed doors. Neither INC representatives nor the UN Environment Programme, which oversees the negotiations, have held a press conference since Saturday. That briefing offered few details, with INC chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso deflecting questions about specific treaty articles and which issues were proving the most difficult to bridge between nations. Negotiators are working from a text with nearly 1,500 items of disagreement on which no progress has been made since Saturday, leaving nations 13 pages further from agreement than after the last round of talks in Busan, South Korea, in December. Melissa Blue Sky, a senior attorney at the Centre for International Environmental Law, noted that the brackets don’t indicate the weight of support: while some clauses have backing from 100 countries, others may have only one supporter, yet all appear equal. “The draft text is misleading because it presents all options as having the same weight, when in fact, some text additions have the support of over a hundred countries and some with only one,” Blue Sky said. “The INC cannot continue with the status quo and expect the negotiations to result in a final treaty.” As nations race to find a compromise, experts from the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty — after a brief venue shuffle due to meeting room overbooking — held a press conference stressing the health and environmental consequences if negotiations fall short. “The science is really undeniable that we need plastic production reduction and we need [it] on global levels and at national levels to be really, really ambitious if we’re going to see any benefits,” said Natalia Grilli, an environmental scientist from the University of Tasmania. “For us, the science is clear. We’re not negotiators … so it’s not that we have red lines. We’re responding to the science.” It remains unclear when the next treaty text will be released. The clearest picture of progress from recent negotiating flurries will likely emerge at Wednesday’s expected plenary session, though none has been formally scheduled. Sources close to national delegations told Health Policy Watch they expect negotiations to extend deep into Thursday night and likely into Friday morning, an all-too-typical endgame for UN environmental negotiations. “If it was only up to the EU, then we all know how high ambitions would be,” Heunicke said. “It is not, however, up to the EU.” “If we all stick to our red lines, that deal is impossible,” the Danish environment chief added. “We will be worse off if we don’t succeed in making a deal. That’s not me saying a deal at any price, but a deal that is legally binding and has strong text and lays the ground for our work in the years ahead.” Global Plastics Treaty Talks Near Collapse With Days to Deadline 11/08/2025 Stefan Anderson “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea,” EU Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall said. GENEVA — The world’s attempt to forge a plastics treaty billed as the most important environmental deal since the Paris climate accord is falling apart after three years of talks. With negotiations due to end Thursday evening, 184 nations gathered in Geneva remain deadlocked over basic definitions, the scope of the treaty and whether to limit plastic production at all. The working text contains nearly 1,500 brackets marking disagreements as of Monday evening — five times more than after the previous failed round in Busan, South Korea, in December. The document has grown by 13 pages since the last draft, adding discord to a negotiation process that appears increasingly rudderless. After nearly three years of talks, countries have yet to agree on a definition of “plastic pollution” itself. Some countries are “even questioning whether the treaty is about plastic” at all, according to an open letter from leading environmental observers Monday. “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea. It’s time to get results,” European Union environment chief Jessika Roswall said. “We have to speed up negotiations and I call again on all parties to be constructive. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty.” Strong opposition to production limits at the negotiations, known as INC5.2, was expected, clearly telegraphed by plastic-producing nations ahead of this week’s meeting. The deadlock pits a small group of leading petrochemical nations, including Saudi Arabia, Russia, the United States and their allies against more than 100 countries seeking mandatory production cuts for plastics, which are made from fossil fuels. With Thursday’s deadline looming, the impasse has frustrated nations and civil society groups seeking action on a crisis affecting human health and the planet. New talks, same problems Opening excerpt of Article 6 of the Plastics Treaty from the “assembled text” forming the basis of negotiations at INC5.2. The central battlefield since treaty talks began in 2022 is Article 6, which addresses plastic production caps. The article remains entirely bracketed, meaning no agreement exists on any of its text. A group of so-called “like-minded” nations led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Morocco, India, Cuba and Kazakhstan want the article and its reference to production limits deleted entirely. These nations argue the crisis can be addressed through improved waste management, recycling and product design. Proponents of production limits say the treaty is ineffectual without caps, given that less than 10% of plastics are currently recycled. “This process cannot result in a narrow waste management treaty,” representatives from the Cook Islands said, noting that small island states already sinking beneath the waves due to sea level rise are also drowning in plastic. Frustration with the treaty process is mounting as Thursday’s deadline approaches. The United States, the world’s second-largest plastic producer behind China, aligns with the “like-minded” group. The US pivot under President Donald Trump struck a major blow to hopes of a strong treaty, reversing the Biden administration’s late support for production limits. US delegates cite plastics’ importance to the American economy and view hard production limits as infringements on sovereignty and an overstep of the treaty’s authority. The US delegation has proposed striking language describing the treaty’s scope as covering the “full life cycle of plastics,” which would include every step from fossil fuel extraction through production to disposal. This change in the treaty’s scope would focus the agreement entirely on waste management, dashing ambitions for the treaty to address production and live up to its billing by UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen as the most consequential environmental agreement since the 2015 Paris Accord. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development estimates that a waste-management-only approach would still result in a 47% increase in mismanaged plastic waste by 2040 as the production boom outpaces infrastructure. Plastic leaked into the environment would increase 50% by 2040 from 2020 levels. Decades of research and billions of dollars have been poured into plastic recycling, yet it remains ineffective. The OECD projects plastic production will triple by 2060 under current trends, with less than 10% recycled. Just 6% of plastics produced in 2040 will be made from recycled materials. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” The Lancet Plastics Countdown stated in a report released last week on the opening day of the talks. The other club About the @UN plastic negotiations. 🧵 A thread 1/2 I look forward to continuing my engagement with all parties on the ground in Geneva. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty. — Jessika Roswall (@JessikaRoswall) August 11, 2025 On the other side of the table, more than 100 nations support legally binding plastic production limits and phase-out dates. This coalition includes the 27 member states of the European Union and other European allies, the United Kingdom, Australia, Switzerland, Canada, 39 small island developing states, and large numbers of African and Latin American nations. Many nations beyond the core group of 100 seeking production cuts have voiced support for limiting chemicals of concern in plastic production, a measure also opposed by the United States and the ‘like-minded’ group. Current proposals list “203X” as placeholder dates for banning single-use plastics, which account for half of global production. The next article states that countries may register for exceptions from these undetermined deadlines. “We will not stand by while our future is bartered away in a stalemate,” Ilana Seid, chair of the Alliance of Small Island States, said. Health provision on the chopping block Many high-ambition nations are also pushing for Article 3, which outlines how plastic chemicals threaten health and the environment. But this article, too, remains largely in brackets. The proposed health component was put forward by Mexico and Switzerland and supported by over 80 countries. It would include legally binding obligations to remove hazardous chemicals from plastics, updated as toxicity science evolves, plus traceability and transparency mechanisms for chemicals of concern. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. Health is mentioned 36 times in the draft text and features in the agreement’s first sentence, which cites protecting “human health” as a key objective. Some nations state health is beyond the treaty’s scope and should be handled by the World Health Organization. At the last World Health Assembly, however, some of the same member states, such as Russia, argued that the agency shouldn’t be involved in the plastics issue, because it was being handled by UNEP. Other countries argue that plastic’s threat to health should be referenced only as a “potential impact,” despite extensive scientific evidence to the contrary. “Many of the chemicals added to plastic during manufacture are hazardous, including endocrine disruptors that lead to hormone imbalance, reproductive disorders, infertility, kidney disease and cancer,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said this week. “Emerging evidence also connects plastic exposures to obesity, diabetes and cardiovascular risks,” Tedros added. “We call on all countries to negotiate, adopt and implement a strong treaty that protects health from the harms of plastic pollution.” ‘Plastics Crisis’ Costs Trillions, Kills Hundreds of Thousands Each Year, Lancet Finds Consensus isn’t working INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso meets with Indigenous Peoples groups in Geneva. The requirement for unanimous agreement embedded in the treaty negotiation framework has allowed low-ambition countries to block progress with little incentive to change course, generating widespread frustration with the INC’s rules of procedure from nations and civil society alike. Ethiopia’s delegation said consensus had been used to “hold the entire process hostage” and called for informal discussions to address challenging articles. “So far, the INC negotiation process is broken. We are currently in damage-control mode, particularly the failure for a vote against consensus, which has continued to place the plastic treaty process into uncertainty,” said Leslie Adogame, executive director of Nigerian environmental think tank SRADeV, part of the International Pollutants Elimination Network. Some countries and environmental groups had hoped INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso would allow a vote in Friday’s plenary to change the rules to a simple majority if consensus proved impossible. The chair yet to bring up such a vote. “We risk having a meaningless treaty without any binding global rules like bans and phase-outs,” Eirik Lindebjerg of the World Wildlife Fund told AFP. “Expecting any meaningful outcome to this process through consensus is a delusion,” Lindebjerg said. “With the time remaining, the ambitious governments must come together as a majority to finalize the treaty text and prepare to agree it through a vote.” During a Saturday press conference, Valesco danced around questions on the most contentious issues in the text and how he plans to move forward. UNEP’s Andersen acknowledged progress had to speed up but insisted a deal remains within reach through compromise. “I’m not saying which would be the compromises. But it is critical when you’re negotiating that countries … begin to talk about what it looks like in terms of compromise,” Andersen said. Momentum to overrule the consensus structure is building as major plastic producers show no signs of changing positions. Russia, Kuwait and Kazakhstan spoke at Saturday’s plenary session, decrying any attempts to move away from consensus. Ministers arrive as the clock ticks Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. High-level ministerial delegations arrive Tuesday with hopes to break the deadlock. With key sections of the treaty still unresolved, it’s unclear whether those delegations will have greater authority to expedite hard decisions. “We need to see the speed accelerate irrespective of who’s arriving when,” Andersen said Saturday. “We’re all counting the days. I don’t think that there’s a set point at which the negotiations have to arrive at the time of the ministers’ arrivals.” Should the talks fail yet again — negotiations were supposed to conclude in Busan but that meeting ended without agreement, forcing this overtime round — high-ambition nations may explore alternatives such as creating their own framework or treaty outside the UN process. With greenhouse gas emissions from plastic production set to more than double by 2050, patience with countries seeking to lock in increased production is wearing thin. The emissions pose increasing threats to natural ecosystems, human health and the planet. “After three years of trying to work by consensus, the negotiations are now at a breaking point,” environmental groups said in a joint statement. “This cannot continue. Member States must use every tool of multilateralism at their disposal and move forward with solutions that aren’t hostage to those defending the status quo.” Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, UNEP, UNEP. WHO Awards Top-Level Recognition to Regulatory Authorities in Canada, UK and Japan 08/08/2025 Editorial team Lucy Mukasia, a clinician at Kibera Health Centre in Nairobi, Kenya, sorts antiretroviral medicines. Decisions by WHO-listed regulatory authorities can help pave the way for the expedited approval of new drugs and vaccines in low-and middle income countries that have less capacity to undertake lengthy and expensive reviews. The World Health Organization (WHO) has designated government regulatory authorities in Canada, Japan, and the United Kingdom as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLAs), a status granted to national authorities that meet the highest international regulatory standards for medical products. The recognition widens the pool of WHO-recognized authorities significantly beyond the previously recognized authorities in Europe, the United States and Singapore. “WHO has designated national regulators in Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom as WHO-listed authorities, meaning they meet the highest international standards for regulation of medical products,” said Tedros at a briefing Thursday for Geneva UN press. Additionally, the Republic of Korea’s Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS) – which had received partial WLA recognition in October 2023 – also had its listing scope expanded, so that the WHO recognition now covers all regulatory functions, Tedros said. Pharmacy at Zouan health centre, Cote d’Ivoire. Approval of new drugs may be slower in countries that lack capacity to undertake regulatory reviews of new products. “Around 70% of countries worldwide still face significant challenges due to weak or inadequate regulatory systems for evaluating and authorizing medical products. WHO-listed authorities play a pivotal role in ensuring more efficient use of limited resources, enabling faster access to quality-assured life-saving medical products to millions more people,” Tedros added saying, “This is an example of the unique role that WHO plays in strengthening national health systems.” The WLA framework was established in 2022 to incorporate lessons leaned from the COVID-19 pandemic – where slow regulatory processes sometimes delayed approvals by low- and middle-income country regulators of vaccines or medicines that had already been cleared by stringent authorities elsewhere. It paved the way for regulatory authorities, especially those in developing countries, to rely on the prior deliberations and decisions of other reputable regulatory agencies, in making their own decisions to approve new medicines, vaccines and medical devices. This helps facilitate more cost-effective and streamlined approval of life-saving medical products in countries with fewer resources and capacity to undertake extensive reviews, WHO says. “The principle of reliance is central to WHO’s approach to regulatory systems strengthening and a cornerstone for effective, efficient and smart regulatory oversight of medical products,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, WHO Assistant Director-General for Health Systems, Access and Data. “WHO-Listed Authorities are key enablers in promoting trust, transparency, and faster access to quality-assured medical products, especially in low- and middle-income countries.” Effectively, the new approvals expands the base of WHO-listed authorities to which other countries can refer significantly beyond the traditional referral points of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and the European Medicines Regulatory Network, as well as Singapore (approved in 2024), to include both the UK and Canada, as well as more partners in Asia. In parallel moves, the African Union and the African Centers for Disease Control have been supporting the operationalization of an African Medicines Agency, which could further harmonize and streamline medicines and vaccines reviews and approvals on the continent. In June, the head of Ghana’s Food and Drugs Authority (FDA) Dr Delese Mimi Darko was appointed as the inaugural Director-General of the AMA at a Conference of State Parties (CoSP) in Rwanda. See related AMA coverage here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/african-medicines-agency-countdown/ Image Credits: ©EC/ECHO/Anouk Delafortrie, Brian Otieno/ Global Fund. Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Gaza Malnutrition Deaths Rise, says WHO, while Israeli Hostage Mothers Make Fresh Appeal to ICRC 13/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher (L-R) Mothers of four Israeli hostages still held by Hamas in Geneva, Left to right Galia David, Viki Cohen, Silvia Cunio, Meirav Gilboa Dalal. Far left, Daniel Meron, Israeli Ambassador in Geneva. Despite an uptick in food supplies reaching Gaza this month, critical medical equipment remains barred from entry while deaths from malnutrition continue to mount to 147 casualties as of August 5, said Rick Peeperkorn, the World Health Organization’s representative in the Occupied Palestinian Territories Tuesday at a UN press briefing in Geneva. On the same day, the mothers of four of the estimated 20 living Israeli hostages still held by Hamas, met with the President of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in Geneva, appealing that more be done to secure their sons’ release – after a recently released Hamas video depicted one of starving captives, Evyatar David, digging his own grave in a tunnel. Galia David, mother of Evyatar, shows her son before captivity, and from a video released by Hamas in late July. Speaking at the second UN press briefing, hosted by Israel’s Mission to the UN in Geneva, the hostage mothers also expressed fears that the new large-scale Israeli invasion into Gaza city and other areas still controlled by Hamas could lead to their children’s deaths, diverging from the official government line etched recently by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. “I ask the people in the free world to do everything they can to pressure both sides, Hamas and our government, to sign a deal to release them,” declared Viki Cohen, mother of another 21-year-old hostage Nimrod Cohen, 21, who has been in Hamas captivity since 7 October 2023. “When I heard that our government is intent on expanding the war in Gaza, I was, as a mother, afraid because we know that Hamas will command its terrorists to kill the hostages whenever the IDF is getting close to them. So I’m afraid for their lives,” Cohen said. “Every day for them, it’s a risk, and also for the soldiers who are there. So the only solution, from my point of view, is to finish this nightmare for both sides. We want this war to end.” Malnutrition deaths confirmed by WHO Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA clinic in Gaza City. (July 2025) The 147 Gaza malnutrition deaths, confirmed by the WHO, include 98 adults and 49 children, 39 of which were under 5 years old, Peeperkorn said, speaking by video from Jerusalem. The WHO confirmed count, which the agency said is confirmed directly from Gaza hospital records, is somewhat lower than the count reported by the Hamas controlled- Gaza Health Ministry, which stood at 212 deaths, as of 9 August. Israel has accused Hamas of exaggerating those numbers, saying that most such cases involved children or adults with pre-existing conditions. However, nutrition experts explain that in any hunger crisis or famine, most of those who die typically succumb to pre-existing conditions or infections that a well-fed person can fend off, rather than undernourishment, per se. Right now, some 2,500 Gaza children were suffering severe acute malnutrition, requiring specialised treatment, Peeperkorn said. Meanwhile, cases of meningitis and the infection-linked autoimmune disorder Guillain-Barré Syndrome (GBS), which were identified in July, continue to mount with a total of 452 meningitis cases and 76 suspected GBS cases, identified by WHO and its partners. The outbreaks have been linked to the collapse of water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) infrastructure; overcrowding in shelters, malnutrition and compromised immunity. Complex Israeli entry requirements continue to delay medical supply deliveries Thousands of pallets of aid waited just inside Gaza border at end of July; Israel blamed UN, while UN says Israeli obstacle course for permissions to collect the aid hinders delayed deliveries. Two first line treatments, intravenous immune globulin (IVIG) and plasma exchange (PLEX), are currently out of stock, Peeperkorn said, noting that their delivery “needs to be urgently expedited.” Complex Israeli entry requirements for medical supplies as well as the “arbitrary” denial of entry for international medical teams is leading to more deaths from preventable causes, Peeperkorn stressed. Since 18 March 2025, after the collapse of an eight-week ceasefire, Israeli denial rates for medical supply entries had risen by nearly 50 per cent, with 102 “critical international health professionals”, including surgeons and other specialised medical staff, barred from entry, he said. WHO medicines and equipement supply warehouse in Deir al Balah was destroyed by Israeli forces in late July. There are now fears that the other main warehouse in Gaza city, could meet a similar fate. Since June, WHO has been allowed to bring in 80 trucks with medical supplies as the blockade eased somewhat. However, entry processes remained “difficult and ever changing,” he added with the entry of many items, including assistive devices, intensive care unit beds, freezers, cold chain medicines, and anaesthesia machines, denied. Recently, some 282 pallets of medical supplies entered Israel via Ben Gurion Airport, but the clearance process so far has been too slow. Multiple crossings needed to be opened to allow the delivery of humanitarian supplies, Peeperkorn concluded. In preparation for the recently announced Israeli plan to expand military operations in northern and central Gaza, taking over Gaza City, WHO has sought to stock up hospitals and build reserves but has so far been unable to do so, Peeperkorn added. Peeperkorn also expressed concerns that WHO’s second main warehouse, in Gaza City, is only 500 meters from a new Israeli army evacuation zone, and could be at risk in fighting now, following the destruction of WHO’s warehouse in Deir al Balah in late July. Israel has denied hindering aid deliveries. Flour spilled by trucks en route from the Kerem Shalom crossing to destinations in Gaza visible in satellite images. But on Thursday over 100 international NGOs issued a protest letter, saying that along with obstacles faced by the UN, Israeli authorities are obstructing deliveries by dozens of NGOs that previously provided aid to Gaza – denying over 60 such requests in July alone. Israeli media, as well, has described in detail the gauntlet of barriers aid organizations face — from a new, and more complicated, NGO registration requirements to the army’s designation of very limited, unstable and unsafe delivery routes from Israel’s Zikim and Kerem Shalom crossing points into Gaza, which facilitates looting along the way. Hostage mothers express fears of broader Israeli incursion into Gaza Meirav Gilboa Dallal, mother of Guy, speaking in Geneva after a meeting of hostage mothers and the ICRC President. (Left) Silvia Cuenio, mother of David and Ariel, also still held by Hamas. At the Israeli press briefing, the hostage mothers said that they had a “frank” conversation with ICRC President Mirjana Spoljaric, who listened to their concerns over their sons’ wellbeing, and their appeals to the ICRC to intensify its pressure on Hamas to allow access to the hostages. In a statement after the meeting to Health Policy Watch, an ICRC spokesman said: “The suffering of the families of hostages is intolerable. It cannot continue. All remaining hostages must be released immediately and unconditionally. A ceasefire agreement is needed now to save lives and bring an end to this nightmare.” But the mothers also expressed disbelief over reports that Gazans were dying from malnutrition, following Israel’s two month aid blockade on the enclave from early March to mid-May – -blaming Hamas for hoarding food from their own population, as well as depriving the hostages. That, despite the fact that reports by COGAT, the aid coordination arm of the military, shows that aid covering only about 30% of Gaza caloric needs finally entered the enclave in late May, followed by 60% in June and July each. The mothers also said maintained that they wanted Palestinians as well as Israelis to thrive, side by side – but that can’t happen if Hamas re-establishes its control over the 365 square meter enclave. “I’m not a politician. I want Gazans to live well, and for us to live well. I want peace and love, in this place, where I want my grandchildren to grow up,” said Meirav Gilboa Dallal, mother of Guy, who was kidnapped together with Evyatar David from the Nova Music festival on 7 October 2023. “But both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority are terrorist organizations, and we can’t let them run Gaza. We need something better – maybe something that other countries, perhaps, can bring to Gaza, to rehabilitate it.” No clear end game for Gaza in sight Gaza in ruins with a widening circle of displacement and malnutrition, and no end in sight. Speaking at the briefing, Israel’s Ambassador in Geneva, Daniel Meron, denied that Israel wanted to expel Palestinians from Gaza or resettle the enclave with Israeli Jews once the war is over – despite repeated statements by hard right ministers in Israel’s government expressing exactly that ambition. But Meron struggled to offer a post-war vision of how Gaza could be rebuilt on terms acceptable to Palestinians and the international community – even if the hostages were released and Hamas was disarmed – ruling out a role for the internationally-recognized Palestinian Authority. “Gaza needs to be demilitarized,” said Meron, “Israel needs to continue to have an overriding security control and a non-Israeli peaceful civil administration should exist inside of Gaza. “There is no long term plan for Israel to stay a long time in Gaza,” he maintained. “If there was a magic solution, we would have had that a long time ago, but the situation is very complex. …We can think of different ideas of who’s going to govern Gaza…. There could be international forces with some Arab government countries and some others in Western countries getting together to see what could be the right civil administration. “But it’s not going to be Hamas. And he said it’s not going to be the Palestinian Authority.” –Updated Thursday 14.08.2025 with details of a protest letter on humanitarian aid barriers sent by over 100 NGOs to Israeli authorities. Image Credits: UNRWA, COGAT , Ha'aretz/Planet Labs PBC, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , OCHA. Pan-African Task Force to Address the Brain Health of Ageing Citizens 12/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan Hadija Kisanji, 78, who suffers from dementia sits with her daughter Mariam and grandchildren. Africa’s population over the age of 60 will triple by 2050, bringing “a sharp rise in neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer’s, with profound health and economic costs”, according to a paper published in Nature last week. The paper highlights a five-year strategy, headed by a pan-African task force, to address this demographic shift on the continent, focusing on “early detection, timely care, data-driven systems, and equitable innovation”. Some three-quarters of people living with Alzheimer’s globally are undiagnosed, denying them access to appropriate treatment and care. Given widespread systemic weaknesses in the health systems of several African countries, this may well be the fate of many of the estimated 226 million Africans over 60 projected to be living on the continent by 2050 (up from 69 million in 2017). Currently, only 12 African countries submit data to the Global Dementia Observatory. Tunisia, Algeria and Egypt already have some of the highest dementia-related disease burdens in the world, and by 2050, 14 million Africans are expected to develop Alzheimer’s and related disorders. Health system transformation The “6×5” plan developed by the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaborative (DAC) aims to assist African countries to address this growing problem using low-cost innovations. It comprises six interventions over the next five years: strengthening advocacy and health literacy; positioning brain health as a socioeconomic driver; breaking down silos of people and data; repurposing local resources; investing in artificial intelligence and digital health, and boosting research funding. Advocacy and health literacy “In many African cultural settings, dementia is often linked to madness, witchcraft and demonic possession, or it is dismissed as a natural part of ageing,” the report notes. To address this stigmatising approach, it proposes health literacy campaigns aimed at establishing dementia as “a biological issue that requires immediate attention”. Brain health as a socio-economic driver “Positioning brain health as a cornerstone of Africa’s societal well-being, economic growth and sustainable development is imperative,” according to the plan. It calls for health policy makers to recognise brain health as a critical economic priority, and address individual and societal determinants of brain health across people’s entire lifespans. This would start with the first 1,000 days of life, a critical phase for brain development, and include childhood education to build cognitive skills and lifelong learning opportunities. It would also encompass women’s health initiatives to address gender disparities, initiatives to promote emotional resilience, and healthy ageing strategies that incorporate physical activity, nutrition and social engagement. “The continent has a deeply rooted heritage of social connectedness, collective identity and intergenerational support – factors shown to promote cognitive well-being and mitigate cognitive decline,” the report notes. Alzheimer’s disease is projected to affect over 106 million people by 2050 Repurposing local resources “The continent needs a comprehensive Pan-African Resource Repurposing Strategy for Brain Health – one that identifies underutilised resources and fosters sustainable, affordable and locally driven solutions,” the report notes. Expertise in managing infectious diseases such as HIV can be harnessed to help with the early detection of dementia, for example. Community health workers can be trained to identify early signs of the disease, primary healthcare facilities can serve as hubs for cognitive screening, education and management, and dementia care can be included in non-communicable disease (NCD) services. Breaking down silos “A well-integrated research and data ecosystem is essential for identifying high-risk populations and implementing targeted dementia prevention and early intervention strategies,” the report notes. However, Africa’s research and information systems are fragmented, with “weak data-sharing platforms, limited connectivity between research hubs, and a lack of standardised mechanisms for harmonisation and reporting”. It proposes establishing “a Pan-African network of research centres” to drive a harmonised, transdisciplinary approach to data generation and utilisation. It also advocates for “strengthening cross-sector collaboration through partnerships between health systems, governments, researchers and nongovernmental organisations” and global partnerships. Tech-enabled systems “Digital health solutions offer accessible, scalable and cost-effective alternatives to traditional healthcare approaches,” and Africa’s mobile technology “revolution” means it is well placed to adopt these, the report notes. New digital biomarkers enable early and accurate detection, monitoring and treatment of brain disorders – including data from speech patterns and typing. This “allows for passive and remote monitoring of cognitive changes”, which facilitates the use of AI. Digital technologies can also play a critical role in “identifying and mitigating modifiable risk factors associated with cognitive decline”, including “sleep patterns, physical activity, social engagement and mental health indicators (such as depression)”. But AI-driven solutions are often developed on and for high-income populations, which means Africa needs “a pan-African strategy for AI and machine learning solutions in brain health”. Strengthening research funding “To attract investment from both public and private sectors, brain health leaders must present a compelling economic and social case,” the report notes. It proposes that brain health is integrated into existing healthcare priorities such as maternal and child health, NCDs and social determinants of health. Way forward As Africa transitions to a society with smaller families, there is the prospect of greater economic wealth as the working-age population becomes proportionally larger than the non-working-age population – and this offers a chance to implement measures to prepare for an older population, the paper argues. To effectively implement the priority areas outlined in the 6 × 5 Plan, DAC launched a pan-African task force on brain health in March 2025. The task force’s organising committee, which provides strategic oversight, is composed of DAC, the World Health Organization (WHO), the World Economic Forum (WEF), the World Bank, Alzheimer’s Disease International (ADI) and the African Union. DAC leads the secretariat, which coordinates operational support and communication. Six thematic chairs – covering research, nonprofit, industry, policy, economics and systems thinking – shape strategy and liaise with working group leads. Six working groups, led by operational leads from the five geopolitical zones, focus on executing the priorities of the 6 × 5 plan, ensuring regionally relevant and inclusive solutions across Africa. “Unlike research efforts that focus on therapeutic interventions, DAC’s model emphasises health system transformation, from earlier detection and evidence-based care pathways to strengthening workforce training and improving global data sharing,” according to a media release from the Geneva-based collaboration. Image Credits: Kizito Makoye Shigela/HPW, UCLA . EU Says It’s Ready to Deal on Plastics Treaty, But Not ‘At Any Cost’ 12/08/2025 Stefan Anderson European Union Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall and Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke address reporters at the United Nations in Geneva as time runs out to strike a global plastics treaty. GENEVA – The European Union said Tuesday it is ready to make a deal on a global plastics treaty but will not accept an agreement “at any cost,” leaving the door open to rejecting a weak outcome as negotiators enter the final 72 hours of talks with core provisions still deadlocked. “The EU is here to deal, but not at any cost,” Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall told journalists when asked about reports the bloc was prepared to walk away if production limits were excluded from the final agreement. “If there is no agreement that is good enough, these are negotiations. That’s always an opportunity for everyone in negotiations.” The commissioner’s carefully worded intervention came as high-level delegations arrived at the United Nations hoping to break a week-long impasse over production caps, health provisions, toxic chemical restrictions, financing, and definitions of key terms, including “plastic pollution” itself. Countries also remain divided on the treaty’s fundamental scope: whether the agreement should address the full lifecycle of plastics — from feedstock extraction to disposal — or focus only on waste management and recycling. The EU and an alliance of over 100 states are pushing for hard caps on plastic production, but face stiff opposition from plastic-producing nations. The “like-minded nations” group led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Iran and their allies—flanked by the United States and India—have shown no signs of softening their total opposition to production limits in the treaty. “Everyone will need to compromise,” Roswall said, calling on all 184 nations present to speed up progress towards a deal. “We have a global responsibility to fix this. No country can do this on its own.” Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke, speaking alongside Roswall, characterised the negotiations as “very difficult,” warning that tensions and “drama” would escalate in the coming days as Thursday’s deadline looms over the talks. “There’s going to be a whole lot more drama in the days to come,” Heunicke said. “If you are looking for drama, I’d say stay here, because more drama is going to happen. But our goal is that this drama should end up in a deal.” Both officials declined to specify the EU’s red lines, citing the sensitivity of ongoing negotiations. However, Heunicke emphasised production as a key concern, calling plastic pollution “one of the greatest environmental challenges” globally. “We know it harms our health, it harms our oceans, it harms our future,” Heunicke said. “At the same time, we also know that plastic production is increasing at an exponential rate. That’s why the EU is here … to secure a legally binding international agreement on how plastic is produced, consumed and disposed of.” The consensus-based format of the negotiations, which requires unanimous agreement for the treaty to be accepted, has been roundly criticised by nations and observer delegations for allowing nations seeking to weaken or remove articles on health, toxic chemicals and production limits to maintain their positions with little incentive to compromise. Juan Carlos Monterrey, Panama’s negotiator, told a panel on Monday that the like-minded nations had “not moved an inch” since talks began last week. Ninety-nine per cent of plastics are made from oil, gas and coal, generating a market projected to reach $1 trillion annually in the next decade. Major petrochemical states see booming plastic production as a hedge against declining demand for fossil fuels in traditional energy markets. Behind closed doors Press conference held on Tuesday by the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty. Progress in the negotiations has been difficult to gauge for civil society observers and media alike. Crucial debates over the treaty’s scope, definitions of key terms like “plastics” and “plastic pollution,” limits on toxic chemicals used in plastics and production caps have all occurred behind closed doors. Neither INC representatives nor the UN Environment Programme, which oversees the negotiations, have held a press conference since Saturday. That briefing offered few details, with INC chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso deflecting questions about specific treaty articles and which issues were proving the most difficult to bridge between nations. Negotiators are working from a text with nearly 1,500 items of disagreement on which no progress has been made since Saturday, leaving nations 13 pages further from agreement than after the last round of talks in Busan, South Korea, in December. Melissa Blue Sky, a senior attorney at the Centre for International Environmental Law, noted that the brackets don’t indicate the weight of support: while some clauses have backing from 100 countries, others may have only one supporter, yet all appear equal. “The draft text is misleading because it presents all options as having the same weight, when in fact, some text additions have the support of over a hundred countries and some with only one,” Blue Sky said. “The INC cannot continue with the status quo and expect the negotiations to result in a final treaty.” As nations race to find a compromise, experts from the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty — after a brief venue shuffle due to meeting room overbooking — held a press conference stressing the health and environmental consequences if negotiations fall short. “The science is really undeniable that we need plastic production reduction and we need [it] on global levels and at national levels to be really, really ambitious if we’re going to see any benefits,” said Natalia Grilli, an environmental scientist from the University of Tasmania. “For us, the science is clear. We’re not negotiators … so it’s not that we have red lines. We’re responding to the science.” It remains unclear when the next treaty text will be released. The clearest picture of progress from recent negotiating flurries will likely emerge at Wednesday’s expected plenary session, though none has been formally scheduled. Sources close to national delegations told Health Policy Watch they expect negotiations to extend deep into Thursday night and likely into Friday morning, an all-too-typical endgame for UN environmental negotiations. “If it was only up to the EU, then we all know how high ambitions would be,” Heunicke said. “It is not, however, up to the EU.” “If we all stick to our red lines, that deal is impossible,” the Danish environment chief added. “We will be worse off if we don’t succeed in making a deal. That’s not me saying a deal at any price, but a deal that is legally binding and has strong text and lays the ground for our work in the years ahead.” Global Plastics Treaty Talks Near Collapse With Days to Deadline 11/08/2025 Stefan Anderson “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea,” EU Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall said. GENEVA — The world’s attempt to forge a plastics treaty billed as the most important environmental deal since the Paris climate accord is falling apart after three years of talks. With negotiations due to end Thursday evening, 184 nations gathered in Geneva remain deadlocked over basic definitions, the scope of the treaty and whether to limit plastic production at all. The working text contains nearly 1,500 brackets marking disagreements as of Monday evening — five times more than after the previous failed round in Busan, South Korea, in December. The document has grown by 13 pages since the last draft, adding discord to a negotiation process that appears increasingly rudderless. After nearly three years of talks, countries have yet to agree on a definition of “plastic pollution” itself. Some countries are “even questioning whether the treaty is about plastic” at all, according to an open letter from leading environmental observers Monday. “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea. It’s time to get results,” European Union environment chief Jessika Roswall said. “We have to speed up negotiations and I call again on all parties to be constructive. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty.” Strong opposition to production limits at the negotiations, known as INC5.2, was expected, clearly telegraphed by plastic-producing nations ahead of this week’s meeting. The deadlock pits a small group of leading petrochemical nations, including Saudi Arabia, Russia, the United States and their allies against more than 100 countries seeking mandatory production cuts for plastics, which are made from fossil fuels. With Thursday’s deadline looming, the impasse has frustrated nations and civil society groups seeking action on a crisis affecting human health and the planet. New talks, same problems Opening excerpt of Article 6 of the Plastics Treaty from the “assembled text” forming the basis of negotiations at INC5.2. The central battlefield since treaty talks began in 2022 is Article 6, which addresses plastic production caps. The article remains entirely bracketed, meaning no agreement exists on any of its text. A group of so-called “like-minded” nations led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Morocco, India, Cuba and Kazakhstan want the article and its reference to production limits deleted entirely. These nations argue the crisis can be addressed through improved waste management, recycling and product design. Proponents of production limits say the treaty is ineffectual without caps, given that less than 10% of plastics are currently recycled. “This process cannot result in a narrow waste management treaty,” representatives from the Cook Islands said, noting that small island states already sinking beneath the waves due to sea level rise are also drowning in plastic. Frustration with the treaty process is mounting as Thursday’s deadline approaches. The United States, the world’s second-largest plastic producer behind China, aligns with the “like-minded” group. The US pivot under President Donald Trump struck a major blow to hopes of a strong treaty, reversing the Biden administration’s late support for production limits. US delegates cite plastics’ importance to the American economy and view hard production limits as infringements on sovereignty and an overstep of the treaty’s authority. The US delegation has proposed striking language describing the treaty’s scope as covering the “full life cycle of plastics,” which would include every step from fossil fuel extraction through production to disposal. This change in the treaty’s scope would focus the agreement entirely on waste management, dashing ambitions for the treaty to address production and live up to its billing by UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen as the most consequential environmental agreement since the 2015 Paris Accord. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development estimates that a waste-management-only approach would still result in a 47% increase in mismanaged plastic waste by 2040 as the production boom outpaces infrastructure. Plastic leaked into the environment would increase 50% by 2040 from 2020 levels. Decades of research and billions of dollars have been poured into plastic recycling, yet it remains ineffective. The OECD projects plastic production will triple by 2060 under current trends, with less than 10% recycled. Just 6% of plastics produced in 2040 will be made from recycled materials. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” The Lancet Plastics Countdown stated in a report released last week on the opening day of the talks. The other club About the @UN plastic negotiations. 🧵 A thread 1/2 I look forward to continuing my engagement with all parties on the ground in Geneva. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty. — Jessika Roswall (@JessikaRoswall) August 11, 2025 On the other side of the table, more than 100 nations support legally binding plastic production limits and phase-out dates. This coalition includes the 27 member states of the European Union and other European allies, the United Kingdom, Australia, Switzerland, Canada, 39 small island developing states, and large numbers of African and Latin American nations. Many nations beyond the core group of 100 seeking production cuts have voiced support for limiting chemicals of concern in plastic production, a measure also opposed by the United States and the ‘like-minded’ group. Current proposals list “203X” as placeholder dates for banning single-use plastics, which account for half of global production. The next article states that countries may register for exceptions from these undetermined deadlines. “We will not stand by while our future is bartered away in a stalemate,” Ilana Seid, chair of the Alliance of Small Island States, said. Health provision on the chopping block Many high-ambition nations are also pushing for Article 3, which outlines how plastic chemicals threaten health and the environment. But this article, too, remains largely in brackets. The proposed health component was put forward by Mexico and Switzerland and supported by over 80 countries. It would include legally binding obligations to remove hazardous chemicals from plastics, updated as toxicity science evolves, plus traceability and transparency mechanisms for chemicals of concern. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. Health is mentioned 36 times in the draft text and features in the agreement’s first sentence, which cites protecting “human health” as a key objective. Some nations state health is beyond the treaty’s scope and should be handled by the World Health Organization. At the last World Health Assembly, however, some of the same member states, such as Russia, argued that the agency shouldn’t be involved in the plastics issue, because it was being handled by UNEP. Other countries argue that plastic’s threat to health should be referenced only as a “potential impact,” despite extensive scientific evidence to the contrary. “Many of the chemicals added to plastic during manufacture are hazardous, including endocrine disruptors that lead to hormone imbalance, reproductive disorders, infertility, kidney disease and cancer,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said this week. “Emerging evidence also connects plastic exposures to obesity, diabetes and cardiovascular risks,” Tedros added. “We call on all countries to negotiate, adopt and implement a strong treaty that protects health from the harms of plastic pollution.” ‘Plastics Crisis’ Costs Trillions, Kills Hundreds of Thousands Each Year, Lancet Finds Consensus isn’t working INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso meets with Indigenous Peoples groups in Geneva. The requirement for unanimous agreement embedded in the treaty negotiation framework has allowed low-ambition countries to block progress with little incentive to change course, generating widespread frustration with the INC’s rules of procedure from nations and civil society alike. Ethiopia’s delegation said consensus had been used to “hold the entire process hostage” and called for informal discussions to address challenging articles. “So far, the INC negotiation process is broken. We are currently in damage-control mode, particularly the failure for a vote against consensus, which has continued to place the plastic treaty process into uncertainty,” said Leslie Adogame, executive director of Nigerian environmental think tank SRADeV, part of the International Pollutants Elimination Network. Some countries and environmental groups had hoped INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso would allow a vote in Friday’s plenary to change the rules to a simple majority if consensus proved impossible. The chair yet to bring up such a vote. “We risk having a meaningless treaty without any binding global rules like bans and phase-outs,” Eirik Lindebjerg of the World Wildlife Fund told AFP. “Expecting any meaningful outcome to this process through consensus is a delusion,” Lindebjerg said. “With the time remaining, the ambitious governments must come together as a majority to finalize the treaty text and prepare to agree it through a vote.” During a Saturday press conference, Valesco danced around questions on the most contentious issues in the text and how he plans to move forward. UNEP’s Andersen acknowledged progress had to speed up but insisted a deal remains within reach through compromise. “I’m not saying which would be the compromises. But it is critical when you’re negotiating that countries … begin to talk about what it looks like in terms of compromise,” Andersen said. Momentum to overrule the consensus structure is building as major plastic producers show no signs of changing positions. Russia, Kuwait and Kazakhstan spoke at Saturday’s plenary session, decrying any attempts to move away from consensus. Ministers arrive as the clock ticks Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. High-level ministerial delegations arrive Tuesday with hopes to break the deadlock. With key sections of the treaty still unresolved, it’s unclear whether those delegations will have greater authority to expedite hard decisions. “We need to see the speed accelerate irrespective of who’s arriving when,” Andersen said Saturday. “We’re all counting the days. I don’t think that there’s a set point at which the negotiations have to arrive at the time of the ministers’ arrivals.” Should the talks fail yet again — negotiations were supposed to conclude in Busan but that meeting ended without agreement, forcing this overtime round — high-ambition nations may explore alternatives such as creating their own framework or treaty outside the UN process. With greenhouse gas emissions from plastic production set to more than double by 2050, patience with countries seeking to lock in increased production is wearing thin. The emissions pose increasing threats to natural ecosystems, human health and the planet. “After three years of trying to work by consensus, the negotiations are now at a breaking point,” environmental groups said in a joint statement. “This cannot continue. Member States must use every tool of multilateralism at their disposal and move forward with solutions that aren’t hostage to those defending the status quo.” Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, UNEP, UNEP. WHO Awards Top-Level Recognition to Regulatory Authorities in Canada, UK and Japan 08/08/2025 Editorial team Lucy Mukasia, a clinician at Kibera Health Centre in Nairobi, Kenya, sorts antiretroviral medicines. Decisions by WHO-listed regulatory authorities can help pave the way for the expedited approval of new drugs and vaccines in low-and middle income countries that have less capacity to undertake lengthy and expensive reviews. The World Health Organization (WHO) has designated government regulatory authorities in Canada, Japan, and the United Kingdom as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLAs), a status granted to national authorities that meet the highest international regulatory standards for medical products. The recognition widens the pool of WHO-recognized authorities significantly beyond the previously recognized authorities in Europe, the United States and Singapore. “WHO has designated national regulators in Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom as WHO-listed authorities, meaning they meet the highest international standards for regulation of medical products,” said Tedros at a briefing Thursday for Geneva UN press. Additionally, the Republic of Korea’s Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS) – which had received partial WLA recognition in October 2023 – also had its listing scope expanded, so that the WHO recognition now covers all regulatory functions, Tedros said. Pharmacy at Zouan health centre, Cote d’Ivoire. Approval of new drugs may be slower in countries that lack capacity to undertake regulatory reviews of new products. “Around 70% of countries worldwide still face significant challenges due to weak or inadequate regulatory systems for evaluating and authorizing medical products. WHO-listed authorities play a pivotal role in ensuring more efficient use of limited resources, enabling faster access to quality-assured life-saving medical products to millions more people,” Tedros added saying, “This is an example of the unique role that WHO plays in strengthening national health systems.” The WLA framework was established in 2022 to incorporate lessons leaned from the COVID-19 pandemic – where slow regulatory processes sometimes delayed approvals by low- and middle-income country regulators of vaccines or medicines that had already been cleared by stringent authorities elsewhere. It paved the way for regulatory authorities, especially those in developing countries, to rely on the prior deliberations and decisions of other reputable regulatory agencies, in making their own decisions to approve new medicines, vaccines and medical devices. This helps facilitate more cost-effective and streamlined approval of life-saving medical products in countries with fewer resources and capacity to undertake extensive reviews, WHO says. “The principle of reliance is central to WHO’s approach to regulatory systems strengthening and a cornerstone for effective, efficient and smart regulatory oversight of medical products,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, WHO Assistant Director-General for Health Systems, Access and Data. “WHO-Listed Authorities are key enablers in promoting trust, transparency, and faster access to quality-assured medical products, especially in low- and middle-income countries.” Effectively, the new approvals expands the base of WHO-listed authorities to which other countries can refer significantly beyond the traditional referral points of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and the European Medicines Regulatory Network, as well as Singapore (approved in 2024), to include both the UK and Canada, as well as more partners in Asia. In parallel moves, the African Union and the African Centers for Disease Control have been supporting the operationalization of an African Medicines Agency, which could further harmonize and streamline medicines and vaccines reviews and approvals on the continent. In June, the head of Ghana’s Food and Drugs Authority (FDA) Dr Delese Mimi Darko was appointed as the inaugural Director-General of the AMA at a Conference of State Parties (CoSP) in Rwanda. See related AMA coverage here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/african-medicines-agency-countdown/ Image Credits: ©EC/ECHO/Anouk Delafortrie, Brian Otieno/ Global Fund. Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Pan-African Task Force to Address the Brain Health of Ageing Citizens 12/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan Hadija Kisanji, 78, who suffers from dementia sits with her daughter Mariam and grandchildren. Africa’s population over the age of 60 will triple by 2050, bringing “a sharp rise in neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer’s, with profound health and economic costs”, according to a paper published in Nature last week. The paper highlights a five-year strategy, headed by a pan-African task force, to address this demographic shift on the continent, focusing on “early detection, timely care, data-driven systems, and equitable innovation”. Some three-quarters of people living with Alzheimer’s globally are undiagnosed, denying them access to appropriate treatment and care. Given widespread systemic weaknesses in the health systems of several African countries, this may well be the fate of many of the estimated 226 million Africans over 60 projected to be living on the continent by 2050 (up from 69 million in 2017). Currently, only 12 African countries submit data to the Global Dementia Observatory. Tunisia, Algeria and Egypt already have some of the highest dementia-related disease burdens in the world, and by 2050, 14 million Africans are expected to develop Alzheimer’s and related disorders. Health system transformation The “6×5” plan developed by the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaborative (DAC) aims to assist African countries to address this growing problem using low-cost innovations. It comprises six interventions over the next five years: strengthening advocacy and health literacy; positioning brain health as a socioeconomic driver; breaking down silos of people and data; repurposing local resources; investing in artificial intelligence and digital health, and boosting research funding. Advocacy and health literacy “In many African cultural settings, dementia is often linked to madness, witchcraft and demonic possession, or it is dismissed as a natural part of ageing,” the report notes. To address this stigmatising approach, it proposes health literacy campaigns aimed at establishing dementia as “a biological issue that requires immediate attention”. Brain health as a socio-economic driver “Positioning brain health as a cornerstone of Africa’s societal well-being, economic growth and sustainable development is imperative,” according to the plan. It calls for health policy makers to recognise brain health as a critical economic priority, and address individual and societal determinants of brain health across people’s entire lifespans. This would start with the first 1,000 days of life, a critical phase for brain development, and include childhood education to build cognitive skills and lifelong learning opportunities. It would also encompass women’s health initiatives to address gender disparities, initiatives to promote emotional resilience, and healthy ageing strategies that incorporate physical activity, nutrition and social engagement. “The continent has a deeply rooted heritage of social connectedness, collective identity and intergenerational support – factors shown to promote cognitive well-being and mitigate cognitive decline,” the report notes. Alzheimer’s disease is projected to affect over 106 million people by 2050 Repurposing local resources “The continent needs a comprehensive Pan-African Resource Repurposing Strategy for Brain Health – one that identifies underutilised resources and fosters sustainable, affordable and locally driven solutions,” the report notes. Expertise in managing infectious diseases such as HIV can be harnessed to help with the early detection of dementia, for example. Community health workers can be trained to identify early signs of the disease, primary healthcare facilities can serve as hubs for cognitive screening, education and management, and dementia care can be included in non-communicable disease (NCD) services. Breaking down silos “A well-integrated research and data ecosystem is essential for identifying high-risk populations and implementing targeted dementia prevention and early intervention strategies,” the report notes. However, Africa’s research and information systems are fragmented, with “weak data-sharing platforms, limited connectivity between research hubs, and a lack of standardised mechanisms for harmonisation and reporting”. It proposes establishing “a Pan-African network of research centres” to drive a harmonised, transdisciplinary approach to data generation and utilisation. It also advocates for “strengthening cross-sector collaboration through partnerships between health systems, governments, researchers and nongovernmental organisations” and global partnerships. Tech-enabled systems “Digital health solutions offer accessible, scalable and cost-effective alternatives to traditional healthcare approaches,” and Africa’s mobile technology “revolution” means it is well placed to adopt these, the report notes. New digital biomarkers enable early and accurate detection, monitoring and treatment of brain disorders – including data from speech patterns and typing. This “allows for passive and remote monitoring of cognitive changes”, which facilitates the use of AI. Digital technologies can also play a critical role in “identifying and mitigating modifiable risk factors associated with cognitive decline”, including “sleep patterns, physical activity, social engagement and mental health indicators (such as depression)”. But AI-driven solutions are often developed on and for high-income populations, which means Africa needs “a pan-African strategy for AI and machine learning solutions in brain health”. Strengthening research funding “To attract investment from both public and private sectors, brain health leaders must present a compelling economic and social case,” the report notes. It proposes that brain health is integrated into existing healthcare priorities such as maternal and child health, NCDs and social determinants of health. Way forward As Africa transitions to a society with smaller families, there is the prospect of greater economic wealth as the working-age population becomes proportionally larger than the non-working-age population – and this offers a chance to implement measures to prepare for an older population, the paper argues. To effectively implement the priority areas outlined in the 6 × 5 Plan, DAC launched a pan-African task force on brain health in March 2025. The task force’s organising committee, which provides strategic oversight, is composed of DAC, the World Health Organization (WHO), the World Economic Forum (WEF), the World Bank, Alzheimer’s Disease International (ADI) and the African Union. DAC leads the secretariat, which coordinates operational support and communication. Six thematic chairs – covering research, nonprofit, industry, policy, economics and systems thinking – shape strategy and liaise with working group leads. Six working groups, led by operational leads from the five geopolitical zones, focus on executing the priorities of the 6 × 5 plan, ensuring regionally relevant and inclusive solutions across Africa. “Unlike research efforts that focus on therapeutic interventions, DAC’s model emphasises health system transformation, from earlier detection and evidence-based care pathways to strengthening workforce training and improving global data sharing,” according to a media release from the Geneva-based collaboration. Image Credits: Kizito Makoye Shigela/HPW, UCLA . EU Says It’s Ready to Deal on Plastics Treaty, But Not ‘At Any Cost’ 12/08/2025 Stefan Anderson European Union Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall and Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke address reporters at the United Nations in Geneva as time runs out to strike a global plastics treaty. GENEVA – The European Union said Tuesday it is ready to make a deal on a global plastics treaty but will not accept an agreement “at any cost,” leaving the door open to rejecting a weak outcome as negotiators enter the final 72 hours of talks with core provisions still deadlocked. “The EU is here to deal, but not at any cost,” Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall told journalists when asked about reports the bloc was prepared to walk away if production limits were excluded from the final agreement. “If there is no agreement that is good enough, these are negotiations. That’s always an opportunity for everyone in negotiations.” The commissioner’s carefully worded intervention came as high-level delegations arrived at the United Nations hoping to break a week-long impasse over production caps, health provisions, toxic chemical restrictions, financing, and definitions of key terms, including “plastic pollution” itself. Countries also remain divided on the treaty’s fundamental scope: whether the agreement should address the full lifecycle of plastics — from feedstock extraction to disposal — or focus only on waste management and recycling. The EU and an alliance of over 100 states are pushing for hard caps on plastic production, but face stiff opposition from plastic-producing nations. The “like-minded nations” group led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Iran and their allies—flanked by the United States and India—have shown no signs of softening their total opposition to production limits in the treaty. “Everyone will need to compromise,” Roswall said, calling on all 184 nations present to speed up progress towards a deal. “We have a global responsibility to fix this. No country can do this on its own.” Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke, speaking alongside Roswall, characterised the negotiations as “very difficult,” warning that tensions and “drama” would escalate in the coming days as Thursday’s deadline looms over the talks. “There’s going to be a whole lot more drama in the days to come,” Heunicke said. “If you are looking for drama, I’d say stay here, because more drama is going to happen. But our goal is that this drama should end up in a deal.” Both officials declined to specify the EU’s red lines, citing the sensitivity of ongoing negotiations. However, Heunicke emphasised production as a key concern, calling plastic pollution “one of the greatest environmental challenges” globally. “We know it harms our health, it harms our oceans, it harms our future,” Heunicke said. “At the same time, we also know that plastic production is increasing at an exponential rate. That’s why the EU is here … to secure a legally binding international agreement on how plastic is produced, consumed and disposed of.” The consensus-based format of the negotiations, which requires unanimous agreement for the treaty to be accepted, has been roundly criticised by nations and observer delegations for allowing nations seeking to weaken or remove articles on health, toxic chemicals and production limits to maintain their positions with little incentive to compromise. Juan Carlos Monterrey, Panama’s negotiator, told a panel on Monday that the like-minded nations had “not moved an inch” since talks began last week. Ninety-nine per cent of plastics are made from oil, gas and coal, generating a market projected to reach $1 trillion annually in the next decade. Major petrochemical states see booming plastic production as a hedge against declining demand for fossil fuels in traditional energy markets. Behind closed doors Press conference held on Tuesday by the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty. Progress in the negotiations has been difficult to gauge for civil society observers and media alike. Crucial debates over the treaty’s scope, definitions of key terms like “plastics” and “plastic pollution,” limits on toxic chemicals used in plastics and production caps have all occurred behind closed doors. Neither INC representatives nor the UN Environment Programme, which oversees the negotiations, have held a press conference since Saturday. That briefing offered few details, with INC chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso deflecting questions about specific treaty articles and which issues were proving the most difficult to bridge between nations. Negotiators are working from a text with nearly 1,500 items of disagreement on which no progress has been made since Saturday, leaving nations 13 pages further from agreement than after the last round of talks in Busan, South Korea, in December. Melissa Blue Sky, a senior attorney at the Centre for International Environmental Law, noted that the brackets don’t indicate the weight of support: while some clauses have backing from 100 countries, others may have only one supporter, yet all appear equal. “The draft text is misleading because it presents all options as having the same weight, when in fact, some text additions have the support of over a hundred countries and some with only one,” Blue Sky said. “The INC cannot continue with the status quo and expect the negotiations to result in a final treaty.” As nations race to find a compromise, experts from the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty — after a brief venue shuffle due to meeting room overbooking — held a press conference stressing the health and environmental consequences if negotiations fall short. “The science is really undeniable that we need plastic production reduction and we need [it] on global levels and at national levels to be really, really ambitious if we’re going to see any benefits,” said Natalia Grilli, an environmental scientist from the University of Tasmania. “For us, the science is clear. We’re not negotiators … so it’s not that we have red lines. We’re responding to the science.” It remains unclear when the next treaty text will be released. The clearest picture of progress from recent negotiating flurries will likely emerge at Wednesday’s expected plenary session, though none has been formally scheduled. Sources close to national delegations told Health Policy Watch they expect negotiations to extend deep into Thursday night and likely into Friday morning, an all-too-typical endgame for UN environmental negotiations. “If it was only up to the EU, then we all know how high ambitions would be,” Heunicke said. “It is not, however, up to the EU.” “If we all stick to our red lines, that deal is impossible,” the Danish environment chief added. “We will be worse off if we don’t succeed in making a deal. That’s not me saying a deal at any price, but a deal that is legally binding and has strong text and lays the ground for our work in the years ahead.” Global Plastics Treaty Talks Near Collapse With Days to Deadline 11/08/2025 Stefan Anderson “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea,” EU Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall said. GENEVA — The world’s attempt to forge a plastics treaty billed as the most important environmental deal since the Paris climate accord is falling apart after three years of talks. With negotiations due to end Thursday evening, 184 nations gathered in Geneva remain deadlocked over basic definitions, the scope of the treaty and whether to limit plastic production at all. The working text contains nearly 1,500 brackets marking disagreements as of Monday evening — five times more than after the previous failed round in Busan, South Korea, in December. The document has grown by 13 pages since the last draft, adding discord to a negotiation process that appears increasingly rudderless. After nearly three years of talks, countries have yet to agree on a definition of “plastic pollution” itself. Some countries are “even questioning whether the treaty is about plastic” at all, according to an open letter from leading environmental observers Monday. “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea. It’s time to get results,” European Union environment chief Jessika Roswall said. “We have to speed up negotiations and I call again on all parties to be constructive. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty.” Strong opposition to production limits at the negotiations, known as INC5.2, was expected, clearly telegraphed by plastic-producing nations ahead of this week’s meeting. The deadlock pits a small group of leading petrochemical nations, including Saudi Arabia, Russia, the United States and their allies against more than 100 countries seeking mandatory production cuts for plastics, which are made from fossil fuels. With Thursday’s deadline looming, the impasse has frustrated nations and civil society groups seeking action on a crisis affecting human health and the planet. New talks, same problems Opening excerpt of Article 6 of the Plastics Treaty from the “assembled text” forming the basis of negotiations at INC5.2. The central battlefield since treaty talks began in 2022 is Article 6, which addresses plastic production caps. The article remains entirely bracketed, meaning no agreement exists on any of its text. A group of so-called “like-minded” nations led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Morocco, India, Cuba and Kazakhstan want the article and its reference to production limits deleted entirely. These nations argue the crisis can be addressed through improved waste management, recycling and product design. Proponents of production limits say the treaty is ineffectual without caps, given that less than 10% of plastics are currently recycled. “This process cannot result in a narrow waste management treaty,” representatives from the Cook Islands said, noting that small island states already sinking beneath the waves due to sea level rise are also drowning in plastic. Frustration with the treaty process is mounting as Thursday’s deadline approaches. The United States, the world’s second-largest plastic producer behind China, aligns with the “like-minded” group. The US pivot under President Donald Trump struck a major blow to hopes of a strong treaty, reversing the Biden administration’s late support for production limits. US delegates cite plastics’ importance to the American economy and view hard production limits as infringements on sovereignty and an overstep of the treaty’s authority. The US delegation has proposed striking language describing the treaty’s scope as covering the “full life cycle of plastics,” which would include every step from fossil fuel extraction through production to disposal. This change in the treaty’s scope would focus the agreement entirely on waste management, dashing ambitions for the treaty to address production and live up to its billing by UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen as the most consequential environmental agreement since the 2015 Paris Accord. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development estimates that a waste-management-only approach would still result in a 47% increase in mismanaged plastic waste by 2040 as the production boom outpaces infrastructure. Plastic leaked into the environment would increase 50% by 2040 from 2020 levels. Decades of research and billions of dollars have been poured into plastic recycling, yet it remains ineffective. The OECD projects plastic production will triple by 2060 under current trends, with less than 10% recycled. Just 6% of plastics produced in 2040 will be made from recycled materials. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” The Lancet Plastics Countdown stated in a report released last week on the opening day of the talks. The other club About the @UN plastic negotiations. 🧵 A thread 1/2 I look forward to continuing my engagement with all parties on the ground in Geneva. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty. — Jessika Roswall (@JessikaRoswall) August 11, 2025 On the other side of the table, more than 100 nations support legally binding plastic production limits and phase-out dates. This coalition includes the 27 member states of the European Union and other European allies, the United Kingdom, Australia, Switzerland, Canada, 39 small island developing states, and large numbers of African and Latin American nations. Many nations beyond the core group of 100 seeking production cuts have voiced support for limiting chemicals of concern in plastic production, a measure also opposed by the United States and the ‘like-minded’ group. Current proposals list “203X” as placeholder dates for banning single-use plastics, which account for half of global production. The next article states that countries may register for exceptions from these undetermined deadlines. “We will not stand by while our future is bartered away in a stalemate,” Ilana Seid, chair of the Alliance of Small Island States, said. Health provision on the chopping block Many high-ambition nations are also pushing for Article 3, which outlines how plastic chemicals threaten health and the environment. But this article, too, remains largely in brackets. The proposed health component was put forward by Mexico and Switzerland and supported by over 80 countries. It would include legally binding obligations to remove hazardous chemicals from plastics, updated as toxicity science evolves, plus traceability and transparency mechanisms for chemicals of concern. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. Health is mentioned 36 times in the draft text and features in the agreement’s first sentence, which cites protecting “human health” as a key objective. Some nations state health is beyond the treaty’s scope and should be handled by the World Health Organization. At the last World Health Assembly, however, some of the same member states, such as Russia, argued that the agency shouldn’t be involved in the plastics issue, because it was being handled by UNEP. Other countries argue that plastic’s threat to health should be referenced only as a “potential impact,” despite extensive scientific evidence to the contrary. “Many of the chemicals added to plastic during manufacture are hazardous, including endocrine disruptors that lead to hormone imbalance, reproductive disorders, infertility, kidney disease and cancer,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said this week. “Emerging evidence also connects plastic exposures to obesity, diabetes and cardiovascular risks,” Tedros added. “We call on all countries to negotiate, adopt and implement a strong treaty that protects health from the harms of plastic pollution.” ‘Plastics Crisis’ Costs Trillions, Kills Hundreds of Thousands Each Year, Lancet Finds Consensus isn’t working INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso meets with Indigenous Peoples groups in Geneva. The requirement for unanimous agreement embedded in the treaty negotiation framework has allowed low-ambition countries to block progress with little incentive to change course, generating widespread frustration with the INC’s rules of procedure from nations and civil society alike. Ethiopia’s delegation said consensus had been used to “hold the entire process hostage” and called for informal discussions to address challenging articles. “So far, the INC negotiation process is broken. We are currently in damage-control mode, particularly the failure for a vote against consensus, which has continued to place the plastic treaty process into uncertainty,” said Leslie Adogame, executive director of Nigerian environmental think tank SRADeV, part of the International Pollutants Elimination Network. Some countries and environmental groups had hoped INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso would allow a vote in Friday’s plenary to change the rules to a simple majority if consensus proved impossible. The chair yet to bring up such a vote. “We risk having a meaningless treaty without any binding global rules like bans and phase-outs,” Eirik Lindebjerg of the World Wildlife Fund told AFP. “Expecting any meaningful outcome to this process through consensus is a delusion,” Lindebjerg said. “With the time remaining, the ambitious governments must come together as a majority to finalize the treaty text and prepare to agree it through a vote.” During a Saturday press conference, Valesco danced around questions on the most contentious issues in the text and how he plans to move forward. UNEP’s Andersen acknowledged progress had to speed up but insisted a deal remains within reach through compromise. “I’m not saying which would be the compromises. But it is critical when you’re negotiating that countries … begin to talk about what it looks like in terms of compromise,” Andersen said. Momentum to overrule the consensus structure is building as major plastic producers show no signs of changing positions. Russia, Kuwait and Kazakhstan spoke at Saturday’s plenary session, decrying any attempts to move away from consensus. Ministers arrive as the clock ticks Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. High-level ministerial delegations arrive Tuesday with hopes to break the deadlock. With key sections of the treaty still unresolved, it’s unclear whether those delegations will have greater authority to expedite hard decisions. “We need to see the speed accelerate irrespective of who’s arriving when,” Andersen said Saturday. “We’re all counting the days. I don’t think that there’s a set point at which the negotiations have to arrive at the time of the ministers’ arrivals.” Should the talks fail yet again — negotiations were supposed to conclude in Busan but that meeting ended without agreement, forcing this overtime round — high-ambition nations may explore alternatives such as creating their own framework or treaty outside the UN process. With greenhouse gas emissions from plastic production set to more than double by 2050, patience with countries seeking to lock in increased production is wearing thin. The emissions pose increasing threats to natural ecosystems, human health and the planet. “After three years of trying to work by consensus, the negotiations are now at a breaking point,” environmental groups said in a joint statement. “This cannot continue. Member States must use every tool of multilateralism at their disposal and move forward with solutions that aren’t hostage to those defending the status quo.” Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, UNEP, UNEP. WHO Awards Top-Level Recognition to Regulatory Authorities in Canada, UK and Japan 08/08/2025 Editorial team Lucy Mukasia, a clinician at Kibera Health Centre in Nairobi, Kenya, sorts antiretroviral medicines. Decisions by WHO-listed regulatory authorities can help pave the way for the expedited approval of new drugs and vaccines in low-and middle income countries that have less capacity to undertake lengthy and expensive reviews. The World Health Organization (WHO) has designated government regulatory authorities in Canada, Japan, and the United Kingdom as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLAs), a status granted to national authorities that meet the highest international regulatory standards for medical products. The recognition widens the pool of WHO-recognized authorities significantly beyond the previously recognized authorities in Europe, the United States and Singapore. “WHO has designated national regulators in Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom as WHO-listed authorities, meaning they meet the highest international standards for regulation of medical products,” said Tedros at a briefing Thursday for Geneva UN press. Additionally, the Republic of Korea’s Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS) – which had received partial WLA recognition in October 2023 – also had its listing scope expanded, so that the WHO recognition now covers all regulatory functions, Tedros said. Pharmacy at Zouan health centre, Cote d’Ivoire. Approval of new drugs may be slower in countries that lack capacity to undertake regulatory reviews of new products. “Around 70% of countries worldwide still face significant challenges due to weak or inadequate regulatory systems for evaluating and authorizing medical products. WHO-listed authorities play a pivotal role in ensuring more efficient use of limited resources, enabling faster access to quality-assured life-saving medical products to millions more people,” Tedros added saying, “This is an example of the unique role that WHO plays in strengthening national health systems.” The WLA framework was established in 2022 to incorporate lessons leaned from the COVID-19 pandemic – where slow regulatory processes sometimes delayed approvals by low- and middle-income country regulators of vaccines or medicines that had already been cleared by stringent authorities elsewhere. It paved the way for regulatory authorities, especially those in developing countries, to rely on the prior deliberations and decisions of other reputable regulatory agencies, in making their own decisions to approve new medicines, vaccines and medical devices. This helps facilitate more cost-effective and streamlined approval of life-saving medical products in countries with fewer resources and capacity to undertake extensive reviews, WHO says. “The principle of reliance is central to WHO’s approach to regulatory systems strengthening and a cornerstone for effective, efficient and smart regulatory oversight of medical products,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, WHO Assistant Director-General for Health Systems, Access and Data. “WHO-Listed Authorities are key enablers in promoting trust, transparency, and faster access to quality-assured medical products, especially in low- and middle-income countries.” Effectively, the new approvals expands the base of WHO-listed authorities to which other countries can refer significantly beyond the traditional referral points of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and the European Medicines Regulatory Network, as well as Singapore (approved in 2024), to include both the UK and Canada, as well as more partners in Asia. In parallel moves, the African Union and the African Centers for Disease Control have been supporting the operationalization of an African Medicines Agency, which could further harmonize and streamline medicines and vaccines reviews and approvals on the continent. In June, the head of Ghana’s Food and Drugs Authority (FDA) Dr Delese Mimi Darko was appointed as the inaugural Director-General of the AMA at a Conference of State Parties (CoSP) in Rwanda. See related AMA coverage here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/african-medicines-agency-countdown/ Image Credits: ©EC/ECHO/Anouk Delafortrie, Brian Otieno/ Global Fund. Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
EU Says It’s Ready to Deal on Plastics Treaty, But Not ‘At Any Cost’ 12/08/2025 Stefan Anderson European Union Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall and Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke address reporters at the United Nations in Geneva as time runs out to strike a global plastics treaty. GENEVA – The European Union said Tuesday it is ready to make a deal on a global plastics treaty but will not accept an agreement “at any cost,” leaving the door open to rejecting a weak outcome as negotiators enter the final 72 hours of talks with core provisions still deadlocked. “The EU is here to deal, but not at any cost,” Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall told journalists when asked about reports the bloc was prepared to walk away if production limits were excluded from the final agreement. “If there is no agreement that is good enough, these are negotiations. That’s always an opportunity for everyone in negotiations.” The commissioner’s carefully worded intervention came as high-level delegations arrived at the United Nations hoping to break a week-long impasse over production caps, health provisions, toxic chemical restrictions, financing, and definitions of key terms, including “plastic pollution” itself. Countries also remain divided on the treaty’s fundamental scope: whether the agreement should address the full lifecycle of plastics — from feedstock extraction to disposal — or focus only on waste management and recycling. The EU and an alliance of over 100 states are pushing for hard caps on plastic production, but face stiff opposition from plastic-producing nations. The “like-minded nations” group led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Iran and their allies—flanked by the United States and India—have shown no signs of softening their total opposition to production limits in the treaty. “Everyone will need to compromise,” Roswall said, calling on all 184 nations present to speed up progress towards a deal. “We have a global responsibility to fix this. No country can do this on its own.” Danish Environment Minister Magnus Heunicke, speaking alongside Roswall, characterised the negotiations as “very difficult,” warning that tensions and “drama” would escalate in the coming days as Thursday’s deadline looms over the talks. “There’s going to be a whole lot more drama in the days to come,” Heunicke said. “If you are looking for drama, I’d say stay here, because more drama is going to happen. But our goal is that this drama should end up in a deal.” Both officials declined to specify the EU’s red lines, citing the sensitivity of ongoing negotiations. However, Heunicke emphasised production as a key concern, calling plastic pollution “one of the greatest environmental challenges” globally. “We know it harms our health, it harms our oceans, it harms our future,” Heunicke said. “At the same time, we also know that plastic production is increasing at an exponential rate. That’s why the EU is here … to secure a legally binding international agreement on how plastic is produced, consumed and disposed of.” The consensus-based format of the negotiations, which requires unanimous agreement for the treaty to be accepted, has been roundly criticised by nations and observer delegations for allowing nations seeking to weaken or remove articles on health, toxic chemicals and production limits to maintain their positions with little incentive to compromise. Juan Carlos Monterrey, Panama’s negotiator, told a panel on Monday that the like-minded nations had “not moved an inch” since talks began last week. Ninety-nine per cent of plastics are made from oil, gas and coal, generating a market projected to reach $1 trillion annually in the next decade. Major petrochemical states see booming plastic production as a hedge against declining demand for fossil fuels in traditional energy markets. Behind closed doors Press conference held on Tuesday by the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty. Progress in the negotiations has been difficult to gauge for civil society observers and media alike. Crucial debates over the treaty’s scope, definitions of key terms like “plastics” and “plastic pollution,” limits on toxic chemicals used in plastics and production caps have all occurred behind closed doors. Neither INC representatives nor the UN Environment Programme, which oversees the negotiations, have held a press conference since Saturday. That briefing offered few details, with INC chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso deflecting questions about specific treaty articles and which issues were proving the most difficult to bridge between nations. Negotiators are working from a text with nearly 1,500 items of disagreement on which no progress has been made since Saturday, leaving nations 13 pages further from agreement than after the last round of talks in Busan, South Korea, in December. Melissa Blue Sky, a senior attorney at the Centre for International Environmental Law, noted that the brackets don’t indicate the weight of support: while some clauses have backing from 100 countries, others may have only one supporter, yet all appear equal. “The draft text is misleading because it presents all options as having the same weight, when in fact, some text additions have the support of over a hundred countries and some with only one,” Blue Sky said. “The INC cannot continue with the status quo and expect the negotiations to result in a final treaty.” As nations race to find a compromise, experts from the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty — after a brief venue shuffle due to meeting room overbooking — held a press conference stressing the health and environmental consequences if negotiations fall short. “The science is really undeniable that we need plastic production reduction and we need [it] on global levels and at national levels to be really, really ambitious if we’re going to see any benefits,” said Natalia Grilli, an environmental scientist from the University of Tasmania. “For us, the science is clear. We’re not negotiators … so it’s not that we have red lines. We’re responding to the science.” It remains unclear when the next treaty text will be released. The clearest picture of progress from recent negotiating flurries will likely emerge at Wednesday’s expected plenary session, though none has been formally scheduled. Sources close to national delegations told Health Policy Watch they expect negotiations to extend deep into Thursday night and likely into Friday morning, an all-too-typical endgame for UN environmental negotiations. “If it was only up to the EU, then we all know how high ambitions would be,” Heunicke said. “It is not, however, up to the EU.” “If we all stick to our red lines, that deal is impossible,” the Danish environment chief added. “We will be worse off if we don’t succeed in making a deal. That’s not me saying a deal at any price, but a deal that is legally binding and has strong text and lays the ground for our work in the years ahead.” Global Plastics Treaty Talks Near Collapse With Days to Deadline 11/08/2025 Stefan Anderson “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea,” EU Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall said. GENEVA — The world’s attempt to forge a plastics treaty billed as the most important environmental deal since the Paris climate accord is falling apart after three years of talks. With negotiations due to end Thursday evening, 184 nations gathered in Geneva remain deadlocked over basic definitions, the scope of the treaty and whether to limit plastic production at all. The working text contains nearly 1,500 brackets marking disagreements as of Monday evening — five times more than after the previous failed round in Busan, South Korea, in December. The document has grown by 13 pages since the last draft, adding discord to a negotiation process that appears increasingly rudderless. After nearly three years of talks, countries have yet to agree on a definition of “plastic pollution” itself. Some countries are “even questioning whether the treaty is about plastic” at all, according to an open letter from leading environmental observers Monday. “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea. It’s time to get results,” European Union environment chief Jessika Roswall said. “We have to speed up negotiations and I call again on all parties to be constructive. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty.” Strong opposition to production limits at the negotiations, known as INC5.2, was expected, clearly telegraphed by plastic-producing nations ahead of this week’s meeting. The deadlock pits a small group of leading petrochemical nations, including Saudi Arabia, Russia, the United States and their allies against more than 100 countries seeking mandatory production cuts for plastics, which are made from fossil fuels. With Thursday’s deadline looming, the impasse has frustrated nations and civil society groups seeking action on a crisis affecting human health and the planet. New talks, same problems Opening excerpt of Article 6 of the Plastics Treaty from the “assembled text” forming the basis of negotiations at INC5.2. The central battlefield since treaty talks began in 2022 is Article 6, which addresses plastic production caps. The article remains entirely bracketed, meaning no agreement exists on any of its text. A group of so-called “like-minded” nations led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Morocco, India, Cuba and Kazakhstan want the article and its reference to production limits deleted entirely. These nations argue the crisis can be addressed through improved waste management, recycling and product design. Proponents of production limits say the treaty is ineffectual without caps, given that less than 10% of plastics are currently recycled. “This process cannot result in a narrow waste management treaty,” representatives from the Cook Islands said, noting that small island states already sinking beneath the waves due to sea level rise are also drowning in plastic. Frustration with the treaty process is mounting as Thursday’s deadline approaches. The United States, the world’s second-largest plastic producer behind China, aligns with the “like-minded” group. The US pivot under President Donald Trump struck a major blow to hopes of a strong treaty, reversing the Biden administration’s late support for production limits. US delegates cite plastics’ importance to the American economy and view hard production limits as infringements on sovereignty and an overstep of the treaty’s authority. The US delegation has proposed striking language describing the treaty’s scope as covering the “full life cycle of plastics,” which would include every step from fossil fuel extraction through production to disposal. This change in the treaty’s scope would focus the agreement entirely on waste management, dashing ambitions for the treaty to address production and live up to its billing by UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen as the most consequential environmental agreement since the 2015 Paris Accord. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development estimates that a waste-management-only approach would still result in a 47% increase in mismanaged plastic waste by 2040 as the production boom outpaces infrastructure. Plastic leaked into the environment would increase 50% by 2040 from 2020 levels. Decades of research and billions of dollars have been poured into plastic recycling, yet it remains ineffective. The OECD projects plastic production will triple by 2060 under current trends, with less than 10% recycled. Just 6% of plastics produced in 2040 will be made from recycled materials. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” The Lancet Plastics Countdown stated in a report released last week on the opening day of the talks. The other club About the @UN plastic negotiations. 🧵 A thread 1/2 I look forward to continuing my engagement with all parties on the ground in Geneva. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty. — Jessika Roswall (@JessikaRoswall) August 11, 2025 On the other side of the table, more than 100 nations support legally binding plastic production limits and phase-out dates. This coalition includes the 27 member states of the European Union and other European allies, the United Kingdom, Australia, Switzerland, Canada, 39 small island developing states, and large numbers of African and Latin American nations. Many nations beyond the core group of 100 seeking production cuts have voiced support for limiting chemicals of concern in plastic production, a measure also opposed by the United States and the ‘like-minded’ group. Current proposals list “203X” as placeholder dates for banning single-use plastics, which account for half of global production. The next article states that countries may register for exceptions from these undetermined deadlines. “We will not stand by while our future is bartered away in a stalemate,” Ilana Seid, chair of the Alliance of Small Island States, said. Health provision on the chopping block Many high-ambition nations are also pushing for Article 3, which outlines how plastic chemicals threaten health and the environment. But this article, too, remains largely in brackets. The proposed health component was put forward by Mexico and Switzerland and supported by over 80 countries. It would include legally binding obligations to remove hazardous chemicals from plastics, updated as toxicity science evolves, plus traceability and transparency mechanisms for chemicals of concern. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. Health is mentioned 36 times in the draft text and features in the agreement’s first sentence, which cites protecting “human health” as a key objective. Some nations state health is beyond the treaty’s scope and should be handled by the World Health Organization. At the last World Health Assembly, however, some of the same member states, such as Russia, argued that the agency shouldn’t be involved in the plastics issue, because it was being handled by UNEP. Other countries argue that plastic’s threat to health should be referenced only as a “potential impact,” despite extensive scientific evidence to the contrary. “Many of the chemicals added to plastic during manufacture are hazardous, including endocrine disruptors that lead to hormone imbalance, reproductive disorders, infertility, kidney disease and cancer,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said this week. “Emerging evidence also connects plastic exposures to obesity, diabetes and cardiovascular risks,” Tedros added. “We call on all countries to negotiate, adopt and implement a strong treaty that protects health from the harms of plastic pollution.” ‘Plastics Crisis’ Costs Trillions, Kills Hundreds of Thousands Each Year, Lancet Finds Consensus isn’t working INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso meets with Indigenous Peoples groups in Geneva. The requirement for unanimous agreement embedded in the treaty negotiation framework has allowed low-ambition countries to block progress with little incentive to change course, generating widespread frustration with the INC’s rules of procedure from nations and civil society alike. Ethiopia’s delegation said consensus had been used to “hold the entire process hostage” and called for informal discussions to address challenging articles. “So far, the INC negotiation process is broken. We are currently in damage-control mode, particularly the failure for a vote against consensus, which has continued to place the plastic treaty process into uncertainty,” said Leslie Adogame, executive director of Nigerian environmental think tank SRADeV, part of the International Pollutants Elimination Network. Some countries and environmental groups had hoped INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso would allow a vote in Friday’s plenary to change the rules to a simple majority if consensus proved impossible. The chair yet to bring up such a vote. “We risk having a meaningless treaty without any binding global rules like bans and phase-outs,” Eirik Lindebjerg of the World Wildlife Fund told AFP. “Expecting any meaningful outcome to this process through consensus is a delusion,” Lindebjerg said. “With the time remaining, the ambitious governments must come together as a majority to finalize the treaty text and prepare to agree it through a vote.” During a Saturday press conference, Valesco danced around questions on the most contentious issues in the text and how he plans to move forward. UNEP’s Andersen acknowledged progress had to speed up but insisted a deal remains within reach through compromise. “I’m not saying which would be the compromises. But it is critical when you’re negotiating that countries … begin to talk about what it looks like in terms of compromise,” Andersen said. Momentum to overrule the consensus structure is building as major plastic producers show no signs of changing positions. Russia, Kuwait and Kazakhstan spoke at Saturday’s plenary session, decrying any attempts to move away from consensus. Ministers arrive as the clock ticks Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. High-level ministerial delegations arrive Tuesday with hopes to break the deadlock. With key sections of the treaty still unresolved, it’s unclear whether those delegations will have greater authority to expedite hard decisions. “We need to see the speed accelerate irrespective of who’s arriving when,” Andersen said Saturday. “We’re all counting the days. I don’t think that there’s a set point at which the negotiations have to arrive at the time of the ministers’ arrivals.” Should the talks fail yet again — negotiations were supposed to conclude in Busan but that meeting ended without agreement, forcing this overtime round — high-ambition nations may explore alternatives such as creating their own framework or treaty outside the UN process. With greenhouse gas emissions from plastic production set to more than double by 2050, patience with countries seeking to lock in increased production is wearing thin. The emissions pose increasing threats to natural ecosystems, human health and the planet. “After three years of trying to work by consensus, the negotiations are now at a breaking point,” environmental groups said in a joint statement. “This cannot continue. Member States must use every tool of multilateralism at their disposal and move forward with solutions that aren’t hostage to those defending the status quo.” Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, UNEP, UNEP. WHO Awards Top-Level Recognition to Regulatory Authorities in Canada, UK and Japan 08/08/2025 Editorial team Lucy Mukasia, a clinician at Kibera Health Centre in Nairobi, Kenya, sorts antiretroviral medicines. Decisions by WHO-listed regulatory authorities can help pave the way for the expedited approval of new drugs and vaccines in low-and middle income countries that have less capacity to undertake lengthy and expensive reviews. The World Health Organization (WHO) has designated government regulatory authorities in Canada, Japan, and the United Kingdom as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLAs), a status granted to national authorities that meet the highest international regulatory standards for medical products. The recognition widens the pool of WHO-recognized authorities significantly beyond the previously recognized authorities in Europe, the United States and Singapore. “WHO has designated national regulators in Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom as WHO-listed authorities, meaning they meet the highest international standards for regulation of medical products,” said Tedros at a briefing Thursday for Geneva UN press. Additionally, the Republic of Korea’s Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS) – which had received partial WLA recognition in October 2023 – also had its listing scope expanded, so that the WHO recognition now covers all regulatory functions, Tedros said. Pharmacy at Zouan health centre, Cote d’Ivoire. Approval of new drugs may be slower in countries that lack capacity to undertake regulatory reviews of new products. “Around 70% of countries worldwide still face significant challenges due to weak or inadequate regulatory systems for evaluating and authorizing medical products. WHO-listed authorities play a pivotal role in ensuring more efficient use of limited resources, enabling faster access to quality-assured life-saving medical products to millions more people,” Tedros added saying, “This is an example of the unique role that WHO plays in strengthening national health systems.” The WLA framework was established in 2022 to incorporate lessons leaned from the COVID-19 pandemic – where slow regulatory processes sometimes delayed approvals by low- and middle-income country regulators of vaccines or medicines that had already been cleared by stringent authorities elsewhere. It paved the way for regulatory authorities, especially those in developing countries, to rely on the prior deliberations and decisions of other reputable regulatory agencies, in making their own decisions to approve new medicines, vaccines and medical devices. This helps facilitate more cost-effective and streamlined approval of life-saving medical products in countries with fewer resources and capacity to undertake extensive reviews, WHO says. “The principle of reliance is central to WHO’s approach to regulatory systems strengthening and a cornerstone for effective, efficient and smart regulatory oversight of medical products,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, WHO Assistant Director-General for Health Systems, Access and Data. “WHO-Listed Authorities are key enablers in promoting trust, transparency, and faster access to quality-assured medical products, especially in low- and middle-income countries.” Effectively, the new approvals expands the base of WHO-listed authorities to which other countries can refer significantly beyond the traditional referral points of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and the European Medicines Regulatory Network, as well as Singapore (approved in 2024), to include both the UK and Canada, as well as more partners in Asia. In parallel moves, the African Union and the African Centers for Disease Control have been supporting the operationalization of an African Medicines Agency, which could further harmonize and streamline medicines and vaccines reviews and approvals on the continent. In June, the head of Ghana’s Food and Drugs Authority (FDA) Dr Delese Mimi Darko was appointed as the inaugural Director-General of the AMA at a Conference of State Parties (CoSP) in Rwanda. See related AMA coverage here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/african-medicines-agency-countdown/ Image Credits: ©EC/ECHO/Anouk Delafortrie, Brian Otieno/ Global Fund. Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Global Plastics Treaty Talks Near Collapse With Days to Deadline 11/08/2025 Stefan Anderson “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea,” EU Environment Commissioner Jessika Roswall said. GENEVA — The world’s attempt to forge a plastics treaty billed as the most important environmental deal since the Paris climate accord is falling apart after three years of talks. With negotiations due to end Thursday evening, 184 nations gathered in Geneva remain deadlocked over basic definitions, the scope of the treaty and whether to limit plastic production at all. The working text contains nearly 1,500 brackets marking disagreements as of Monday evening — five times more than after the previous failed round in Busan, South Korea, in December. The document has grown by 13 pages since the last draft, adding discord to a negotiation process that appears increasingly rudderless. After nearly three years of talks, countries have yet to agree on a definition of “plastic pollution” itself. Some countries are “even questioning whether the treaty is about plastic” at all, according to an open letter from leading environmental observers Monday. “With four more days to go, we have more square brackets in the text than plastic in the sea. It’s time to get results,” European Union environment chief Jessika Roswall said. “We have to speed up negotiations and I call again on all parties to be constructive. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty.” Strong opposition to production limits at the negotiations, known as INC5.2, was expected, clearly telegraphed by plastic-producing nations ahead of this week’s meeting. The deadlock pits a small group of leading petrochemical nations, including Saudi Arabia, Russia, the United States and their allies against more than 100 countries seeking mandatory production cuts for plastics, which are made from fossil fuels. With Thursday’s deadline looming, the impasse has frustrated nations and civil society groups seeking action on a crisis affecting human health and the planet. New talks, same problems Opening excerpt of Article 6 of the Plastics Treaty from the “assembled text” forming the basis of negotiations at INC5.2. The central battlefield since treaty talks began in 2022 is Article 6, which addresses plastic production caps. The article remains entirely bracketed, meaning no agreement exists on any of its text. A group of so-called “like-minded” nations led by Saudi Arabia, Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Morocco, India, Cuba and Kazakhstan want the article and its reference to production limits deleted entirely. These nations argue the crisis can be addressed through improved waste management, recycling and product design. Proponents of production limits say the treaty is ineffectual without caps, given that less than 10% of plastics are currently recycled. “This process cannot result in a narrow waste management treaty,” representatives from the Cook Islands said, noting that small island states already sinking beneath the waves due to sea level rise are also drowning in plastic. Frustration with the treaty process is mounting as Thursday’s deadline approaches. The United States, the world’s second-largest plastic producer behind China, aligns with the “like-minded” group. The US pivot under President Donald Trump struck a major blow to hopes of a strong treaty, reversing the Biden administration’s late support for production limits. US delegates cite plastics’ importance to the American economy and view hard production limits as infringements on sovereignty and an overstep of the treaty’s authority. The US delegation has proposed striking language describing the treaty’s scope as covering the “full life cycle of plastics,” which would include every step from fossil fuel extraction through production to disposal. This change in the treaty’s scope would focus the agreement entirely on waste management, dashing ambitions for the treaty to address production and live up to its billing by UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen as the most consequential environmental agreement since the 2015 Paris Accord. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development estimates that a waste-management-only approach would still result in a 47% increase in mismanaged plastic waste by 2040 as the production boom outpaces infrastructure. Plastic leaked into the environment would increase 50% by 2040 from 2020 levels. Decades of research and billions of dollars have been poured into plastic recycling, yet it remains ineffective. The OECD projects plastic production will triple by 2060 under current trends, with less than 10% recycled. Just 6% of plastics produced in 2040 will be made from recycled materials. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” The Lancet Plastics Countdown stated in a report released last week on the opening day of the talks. The other club About the @UN plastic negotiations. 🧵 A thread 1/2 I look forward to continuing my engagement with all parties on the ground in Geneva. We cannot miss this historic opportunity to land a global plastics treaty. — Jessika Roswall (@JessikaRoswall) August 11, 2025 On the other side of the table, more than 100 nations support legally binding plastic production limits and phase-out dates. This coalition includes the 27 member states of the European Union and other European allies, the United Kingdom, Australia, Switzerland, Canada, 39 small island developing states, and large numbers of African and Latin American nations. Many nations beyond the core group of 100 seeking production cuts have voiced support for limiting chemicals of concern in plastic production, a measure also opposed by the United States and the ‘like-minded’ group. Current proposals list “203X” as placeholder dates for banning single-use plastics, which account for half of global production. The next article states that countries may register for exceptions from these undetermined deadlines. “We will not stand by while our future is bartered away in a stalemate,” Ilana Seid, chair of the Alliance of Small Island States, said. Health provision on the chopping block Many high-ambition nations are also pushing for Article 3, which outlines how plastic chemicals threaten health and the environment. But this article, too, remains largely in brackets. The proposed health component was put forward by Mexico and Switzerland and supported by over 80 countries. It would include legally binding obligations to remove hazardous chemicals from plastics, updated as toxicity science evolves, plus traceability and transparency mechanisms for chemicals of concern. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. Health is mentioned 36 times in the draft text and features in the agreement’s first sentence, which cites protecting “human health” as a key objective. Some nations state health is beyond the treaty’s scope and should be handled by the World Health Organization. At the last World Health Assembly, however, some of the same member states, such as Russia, argued that the agency shouldn’t be involved in the plastics issue, because it was being handled by UNEP. Other countries argue that plastic’s threat to health should be referenced only as a “potential impact,” despite extensive scientific evidence to the contrary. “Many of the chemicals added to plastic during manufacture are hazardous, including endocrine disruptors that lead to hormone imbalance, reproductive disorders, infertility, kidney disease and cancer,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said this week. “Emerging evidence also connects plastic exposures to obesity, diabetes and cardiovascular risks,” Tedros added. “We call on all countries to negotiate, adopt and implement a strong treaty that protects health from the harms of plastic pollution.” ‘Plastics Crisis’ Costs Trillions, Kills Hundreds of Thousands Each Year, Lancet Finds Consensus isn’t working INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso meets with Indigenous Peoples groups in Geneva. The requirement for unanimous agreement embedded in the treaty negotiation framework has allowed low-ambition countries to block progress with little incentive to change course, generating widespread frustration with the INC’s rules of procedure from nations and civil society alike. Ethiopia’s delegation said consensus had been used to “hold the entire process hostage” and called for informal discussions to address challenging articles. “So far, the INC negotiation process is broken. We are currently in damage-control mode, particularly the failure for a vote against consensus, which has continued to place the plastic treaty process into uncertainty,” said Leslie Adogame, executive director of Nigerian environmental think tank SRADeV, part of the International Pollutants Elimination Network. Some countries and environmental groups had hoped INC Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso would allow a vote in Friday’s plenary to change the rules to a simple majority if consensus proved impossible. The chair yet to bring up such a vote. “We risk having a meaningless treaty without any binding global rules like bans and phase-outs,” Eirik Lindebjerg of the World Wildlife Fund told AFP. “Expecting any meaningful outcome to this process through consensus is a delusion,” Lindebjerg said. “With the time remaining, the ambitious governments must come together as a majority to finalize the treaty text and prepare to agree it through a vote.” During a Saturday press conference, Valesco danced around questions on the most contentious issues in the text and how he plans to move forward. UNEP’s Andersen acknowledged progress had to speed up but insisted a deal remains within reach through compromise. “I’m not saying which would be the compromises. But it is critical when you’re negotiating that countries … begin to talk about what it looks like in terms of compromise,” Andersen said. Momentum to overrule the consensus structure is building as major plastic producers show no signs of changing positions. Russia, Kuwait and Kazakhstan spoke at Saturday’s plenary session, decrying any attempts to move away from consensus. Ministers arrive as the clock ticks Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. High-level ministerial delegations arrive Tuesday with hopes to break the deadlock. With key sections of the treaty still unresolved, it’s unclear whether those delegations will have greater authority to expedite hard decisions. “We need to see the speed accelerate irrespective of who’s arriving when,” Andersen said Saturday. “We’re all counting the days. I don’t think that there’s a set point at which the negotiations have to arrive at the time of the ministers’ arrivals.” Should the talks fail yet again — negotiations were supposed to conclude in Busan but that meeting ended without agreement, forcing this overtime round — high-ambition nations may explore alternatives such as creating their own framework or treaty outside the UN process. With greenhouse gas emissions from plastic production set to more than double by 2050, patience with countries seeking to lock in increased production is wearing thin. The emissions pose increasing threats to natural ecosystems, human health and the planet. “After three years of trying to work by consensus, the negotiations are now at a breaking point,” environmental groups said in a joint statement. “This cannot continue. Member States must use every tool of multilateralism at their disposal and move forward with solutions that aren’t hostage to those defending the status quo.” Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, UNEP, UNEP. WHO Awards Top-Level Recognition to Regulatory Authorities in Canada, UK and Japan 08/08/2025 Editorial team Lucy Mukasia, a clinician at Kibera Health Centre in Nairobi, Kenya, sorts antiretroviral medicines. Decisions by WHO-listed regulatory authorities can help pave the way for the expedited approval of new drugs and vaccines in low-and middle income countries that have less capacity to undertake lengthy and expensive reviews. The World Health Organization (WHO) has designated government regulatory authorities in Canada, Japan, and the United Kingdom as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLAs), a status granted to national authorities that meet the highest international regulatory standards for medical products. The recognition widens the pool of WHO-recognized authorities significantly beyond the previously recognized authorities in Europe, the United States and Singapore. “WHO has designated national regulators in Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom as WHO-listed authorities, meaning they meet the highest international standards for regulation of medical products,” said Tedros at a briefing Thursday for Geneva UN press. Additionally, the Republic of Korea’s Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS) – which had received partial WLA recognition in October 2023 – also had its listing scope expanded, so that the WHO recognition now covers all regulatory functions, Tedros said. Pharmacy at Zouan health centre, Cote d’Ivoire. Approval of new drugs may be slower in countries that lack capacity to undertake regulatory reviews of new products. “Around 70% of countries worldwide still face significant challenges due to weak or inadequate regulatory systems for evaluating and authorizing medical products. WHO-listed authorities play a pivotal role in ensuring more efficient use of limited resources, enabling faster access to quality-assured life-saving medical products to millions more people,” Tedros added saying, “This is an example of the unique role that WHO plays in strengthening national health systems.” The WLA framework was established in 2022 to incorporate lessons leaned from the COVID-19 pandemic – where slow regulatory processes sometimes delayed approvals by low- and middle-income country regulators of vaccines or medicines that had already been cleared by stringent authorities elsewhere. It paved the way for regulatory authorities, especially those in developing countries, to rely on the prior deliberations and decisions of other reputable regulatory agencies, in making their own decisions to approve new medicines, vaccines and medical devices. This helps facilitate more cost-effective and streamlined approval of life-saving medical products in countries with fewer resources and capacity to undertake extensive reviews, WHO says. “The principle of reliance is central to WHO’s approach to regulatory systems strengthening and a cornerstone for effective, efficient and smart regulatory oversight of medical products,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, WHO Assistant Director-General for Health Systems, Access and Data. “WHO-Listed Authorities are key enablers in promoting trust, transparency, and faster access to quality-assured medical products, especially in low- and middle-income countries.” Effectively, the new approvals expands the base of WHO-listed authorities to which other countries can refer significantly beyond the traditional referral points of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and the European Medicines Regulatory Network, as well as Singapore (approved in 2024), to include both the UK and Canada, as well as more partners in Asia. In parallel moves, the African Union and the African Centers for Disease Control have been supporting the operationalization of an African Medicines Agency, which could further harmonize and streamline medicines and vaccines reviews and approvals on the continent. In June, the head of Ghana’s Food and Drugs Authority (FDA) Dr Delese Mimi Darko was appointed as the inaugural Director-General of the AMA at a Conference of State Parties (CoSP) in Rwanda. See related AMA coverage here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/african-medicines-agency-countdown/ Image Credits: ©EC/ECHO/Anouk Delafortrie, Brian Otieno/ Global Fund. Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
WHO Awards Top-Level Recognition to Regulatory Authorities in Canada, UK and Japan 08/08/2025 Editorial team Lucy Mukasia, a clinician at Kibera Health Centre in Nairobi, Kenya, sorts antiretroviral medicines. Decisions by WHO-listed regulatory authorities can help pave the way for the expedited approval of new drugs and vaccines in low-and middle income countries that have less capacity to undertake lengthy and expensive reviews. The World Health Organization (WHO) has designated government regulatory authorities in Canada, Japan, and the United Kingdom as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLAs), a status granted to national authorities that meet the highest international regulatory standards for medical products. The recognition widens the pool of WHO-recognized authorities significantly beyond the previously recognized authorities in Europe, the United States and Singapore. “WHO has designated national regulators in Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom as WHO-listed authorities, meaning they meet the highest international standards for regulation of medical products,” said Tedros at a briefing Thursday for Geneva UN press. Additionally, the Republic of Korea’s Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS) – which had received partial WLA recognition in October 2023 – also had its listing scope expanded, so that the WHO recognition now covers all regulatory functions, Tedros said. Pharmacy at Zouan health centre, Cote d’Ivoire. Approval of new drugs may be slower in countries that lack capacity to undertake regulatory reviews of new products. “Around 70% of countries worldwide still face significant challenges due to weak or inadequate regulatory systems for evaluating and authorizing medical products. WHO-listed authorities play a pivotal role in ensuring more efficient use of limited resources, enabling faster access to quality-assured life-saving medical products to millions more people,” Tedros added saying, “This is an example of the unique role that WHO plays in strengthening national health systems.” The WLA framework was established in 2022 to incorporate lessons leaned from the COVID-19 pandemic – where slow regulatory processes sometimes delayed approvals by low- and middle-income country regulators of vaccines or medicines that had already been cleared by stringent authorities elsewhere. It paved the way for regulatory authorities, especially those in developing countries, to rely on the prior deliberations and decisions of other reputable regulatory agencies, in making their own decisions to approve new medicines, vaccines and medical devices. This helps facilitate more cost-effective and streamlined approval of life-saving medical products in countries with fewer resources and capacity to undertake extensive reviews, WHO says. “The principle of reliance is central to WHO’s approach to regulatory systems strengthening and a cornerstone for effective, efficient and smart regulatory oversight of medical products,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, WHO Assistant Director-General for Health Systems, Access and Data. “WHO-Listed Authorities are key enablers in promoting trust, transparency, and faster access to quality-assured medical products, especially in low- and middle-income countries.” Effectively, the new approvals expands the base of WHO-listed authorities to which other countries can refer significantly beyond the traditional referral points of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and the European Medicines Regulatory Network, as well as Singapore (approved in 2024), to include both the UK and Canada, as well as more partners in Asia. In parallel moves, the African Union and the African Centers for Disease Control have been supporting the operationalization of an African Medicines Agency, which could further harmonize and streamline medicines and vaccines reviews and approvals on the continent. In June, the head of Ghana’s Food and Drugs Authority (FDA) Dr Delese Mimi Darko was appointed as the inaugural Director-General of the AMA at a Conference of State Parties (CoSP) in Rwanda. See related AMA coverage here: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/african-medicines-agency-countdown/ Image Credits: ©EC/ECHO/Anouk Delafortrie, Brian Otieno/ Global Fund. Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Fossil Fuel Lobbyists Swarm ‘Last Chance’ UN Plastics Treaty Talks 08/08/2025 Stefan Anderson GENEVA — Fossil fuel and petrochemical lobbyists have descended on UN plastics treaty negotiations in record numbers, as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to forge a global agreement to stem the tsunami of plastic pollution drowning the planet. According to a new analysis by the Centre for International Environmental Law (CIEL), at least 234 lobbyists representing fossil fuel and chemical interests are attending the talks in Geneva, exceeding the combined delegations of the European Union and its 27 member states. Industry representation, which has steadily increased since talks began in 2022, now outnumbers expert scientists by three to one and Indigenous representatives by four to one. Nineteen of the lobbyists are registered as members of national delegations, including those of Egypt, Kazakhstan, China, Iran, Chile and the Dominican Republic. “We have decades of evidence showing the fossil fuel and chemical industries’ playbook: deny, distract, derail,” said Ximena Banegas, CIEL’s lead campaigner on plastics and petrochemicals. “After obstructing climate negotiations for years, why would anyone expect them to act in good faith at the plastics treaty talks?” CIEL cautioned that its estimate likely underrepresents the scale of lobbying, as some participants may not openly declare industry affiliations. The figure also omits representatives from adjacent sectors such as consumer goods and waste management, as well as informal advisers and lobbyists active in the inter-sessional rounds held since the collapse of talks in Busan, South Korea, last December. “Involving the very corporations that profit from harm in shaping the path forward guarantees one thing: a treaty that protects their bottom line—not the public or the planet,” Bengas added. UN Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen addresses the opening plenary of negotiations in Geneva, Switzerland. Over 99 per cent of plastics are derived from oil, gas or coal, creating a near-total overlap between fossil fuel and petrochemical interests. Many of the same companies have also sought to influence international climate negotiations, with fossil fuel lobbyists numbering 1,773 at COP29 in Dubai. “The treaty meant to stop plastic pollution is being shaped by those who profit from it,” said Dylan Kava, communications lead for the Pacific Islands Climate Action Network. “You cannot solve a crisis by putting its primary cause at the decision-making table. And you cannot speak of justice while sidelining the very communities fighting for survival.” Industry-aligned countries, including China, Russia, Iran and the US are pushing for a treaty centred on downstream measures such as recycling, circular economy principles and waste management. Yet less than 10 per cent of plastic waste is recycled globally, despite decades of investment and research. “It is now clear that the world cannot recycle its way out of the plastic pollution crisis,” a landmark study in The Lancet, published on the opening day of talks, concluded. More than 100 countries, including EU member states and the Alliance of Small Island States, support a legally binding cap on plastic production, reiterated at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice, France, in June. Many others have backed proposals to phase out harmful polymers and chemicals of concern. “We need to get a solution to this problem. Everybody wants it. I’ve yet to meet somebody who is in favour of plastic pollution,” Inger Andersen, executive director of the UN Environment Programme, told delegates. “Plastic pollution is already in nature, in our oceans and even in our bodies. If we continue on this trajectory, the world will drown in plastic, with grave consequences for planetary, economic and human health.” “But this does not have to be our future,” Andersen said. “It is in your hands to ensure it does not happen. It is in your hands to protect us all, the environment and future generations.” Intimidation by design Talks continue at the Palais des Nations in Geneva as delegates from over 180 countries attempt to finalise a binding global agreement to curb plastic pollution. The petrochemical industry’s tactics extend beyond influencing treaty language or embedding lobbyists within national delegations. Ahead of the Geneva talks, The Guardian reported on a coordinated campaign of intimidation, surveillance and obstruction by fossil fuel and petrochemical representatives targeting scientists and negotiators. Bethanie Carney Almroth, a professor of ecotoxicology at the University of Gothenburg and member of the Scientists’ Coalition, described repeated instances of harassment, verbal abuse and invasive monitoring by industry figures at negotiations, unofficial side events, academic conferences and emails. “I have a privacy screen protector on my phone because they walk behind us and try to film what’s on our screens—what notes we’re taking or who we’re messaging,” Almroth told The Guardian. “I would never open my laptop in a public space without knowing who is behind me. It’s a high-vigilance, high-stress environment.” The UN Environment Programme, which oversees the treaty process, has faced repeated criticism since negotiations began in 2022 over a perceived lack of safeguards against conflicts of interest. Similar allegations have dogged the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in its handling of industry access to climate COPs, including last year’s COP30 in Baku. Support for strengthening the plastics treaty has grown steadily. Chart showsthe number of nations backing WWF “must-haves,” which include global chemical bans, circular economy design requirements, financing, and guarantees to strengthen the treaty over time. Greenpeace wrote to UNEP Executive Director Inger Andersen on Tuesday, warning that the “once in a lifetime” opportunity to address the plastics crisis risks being “fatally undermined” by unchecked industry interference. “There is clear precedent for action to prevent conflict of interest,” the letter stated, citing the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, which explicitly excludes tobacco industry representatives. “The companies profiting from plastic pollution must not be allowed to shape the treaty meant to stop it.” Ahead of the talks, a University of Cambridge study coined the opposition to the treaty the “petrochemical historical bloc,” finding the bloc is “driving up plastics production, externalizing the costs of pollution, distorting scientific knowledge and lobbying to derail negotiations.” “There’s a fundamental, irreconcilable conflict of interest between the companies producing plastics and all of us who want to end plastic pollution,” said Rachel Radvany, head environmental health campaigner for CIEL. “We have been calling on Member States since the beginning, and even more as we’ve seen the negotiations progress, to put strong conflict of interest policies in the treaty text and in the future COPs,” Radvany added. “This is not normal, and this should not be the way it works.” Organised resistance President Donald Trump’s return to office has been hailed as “an answered prayer” by the US plastics industry. Organised resistance to a global plastics treaty centred on production caps has been led by Saudi Arabia, supported by Russia, Iran and China since talks began in 2022. Under President Donald Trump, the United States has now joined their ranks. This week, Reuters reported that the US delegation circulated letters urging countries to oppose treaty provisions targeting plastic production limits and chemical restrictions. These were described as “red lines” for the administration. “We will not support impractical global approaches such as plastic production targets or bans and restrictions on plastic additives or plastic products – that will increase the costs of all plastic products that are used throughout our daily lives,” the memo, seen by Reuters, reads. Limiting hazardous chemicals is a core demand from public health advocates. More than 16,000 chemicals are used in plastics, over 4,200 of which are considered “highly hazardous” to human health. An additional 5,000 compounds are classified as “unknowns,” with no public data on their safety or long-term impacts. The Health Crisis That Could Make or Break the UN Plastics Treaty While the previous US administration opposed production limits throughout much of the negotiation process, President Joe Biden made a notable policy reversal ahead of the last round of talks, dropping objections to caps on plastic production. However, following Trump’s victory ahead of the December negotiations in South Korea, the Biden administration largely abstained from participation in that final round in Busan. Industry representatives hailed Trump’s return to office as “an answered prayer” for US plastic producers. The new administration first signalled its opposition at an informal meeting in Nairobi, where it stated: “We support an agreement that focuses on efforts that will lead to reducing plastic pollution, not on stopping the use of plastics.” Speaking to E&E News as talks resumed in Geneva, a spokesperson said the US approach would reflect “the Trump administration’s America First foreign policy,” adding: “The United States supports an agreement that respects national sovereignty and focuses on reducing plastic pollution without imposing onerous restrictions on producers that would hinder US companies.” With consensus required for the treaty to advance, the firm alignment of the US with the petrochemical bloc has dealt a heavy blow to hopes of a strong agreement. “They’re basically going full MAGA,” a source close to the talks told The Guardian. “They’re clearly coordinating with Saudi Arabia, Russia and others, because they’re using the same language.” Production surge as industry seeks a lifeline Expanded government investment in petrochemical sector production capacity, particularly in the Middle East, China and the United States, has “flown under the radar of the public,” a 2023 study by the University of Lund concluded. The diplomatic resistance of petrostates to a strong treaty has unfolded in parallel with a rapid expansion of their global petrochemical infrastructure. The global petrochemical industry was valued at $638 billion in 2023 and is expected to reach $838bn by 2030. The broader oil and gas sector, responsible for supplying the fossil fuel feedstocks for plastic production, is valued at $6.9 trillion, making it one of the largest industries in the world. Global plastic output has grown more than 250-fold since 1950, from less than two million tonnes to 475 million tonnes in 2022. At current rates, plastic production is projected to triple by 2060, according to the OECD. Today, plastics production already releases more than 2 gigatons of CO₂ and other greenhouse gases annually. If the plastics industry were a country, it would be the world’s fifth-largest greenhouse gas emitter, behind only China, the US, India and Russia. If plastics production triples as expected, it would account for roughly a quarter of the remaining carbon budget that scientists say must not be exceeded to avoid breaking the Paris Agreement target of 1.5C. Despite engaging with the UN Plastics treaty process, major producers plan continued expansion of petrochemical and plastics production, according to University of Lund Research. “We know for sure that all main producers are increasing capacity: US, China, South Africa, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia,” Joan Marc Simon said, founder of Zero Waste Europe, told DW. “The only place where capacity is going down slightly is in the European Union. The rest of the world is increasing.” This shift is not incidental, but central to the industry’s long-term survival. As demand for fossil fuels in the energy sector declines amid a shift to renewables, oil and gas companies have increasingly turned to plastics as a lifeline. Industry projections suggest that plastic production could double in the next 10 to 15 years, and triple by mid-century. Since the treaty process began in 2022, major producers—including Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and Ineos—have added 1.4 million tonnes of new plastic production capacity. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned oil company, plans to channel about one-third of its oil production to plastics and petrochemicals by 2030. “The petrochemical industry needs plastic as a safe haven from carbon liabilities,” a 2021 report from the International Pollutants Elimination Network (IPEN) found. “Increasing plastic production offsets falling demand for its fossil fuels. Plastic waste generation is expected to rise sharply as a result.” Follow our UN Plastics Treaty coverage: https://healthpolicy-watch.news/plastics-crisis-costs-trillions-kills-hundreds-of-thousands-each-year-lancet-finds/ Image Credits: UNEP, UNEP, White House , UNEP. Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Collaboration Enabled South Africa’s Success in Tackling Tuberculosis – But Funding Cuts Threaten Progress 07/08/2025 Kerry Cullinan A trial participant is prepared for a blood test during a trial of new medicines for drug-resistant TB. Close collaboration between researchers and community groups has been key to South Africa more than halving the incidence of tuberculosis (TB) in the past decade, according to researchers and community activists. Women researchers and advocates have been at the heart of the country’s fight against TB, and several South African scientists have also led global TB research breakthroughs, according to presenters at a webinar on Thursday, co-hosted by Global Health Strategies, Bhekisisa and Health Policy Watch. But the sudden and substantial loss of donor funding this year may translate into 580,000 fewer people being tested for TB and 35,000 fewer getting TB treatment this year, according to researchers writing in the International Journal of TB and Lung Disease (ITLD). The country lost $34 million overnight from the US Agency for International Development (USAID) and US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – $12 million for TB prevention, $5 million for screening, $10 for testing and $7 million for treatment. This cut could have a dire impact on the figt against tuberculosis, which kills over 56,000 South Africans daily. Interdisciplinary collaboration Top: (L-R) Valeria Mizrahi, Thuli Khanyile (moderator), Anura David. (2nd row) Monica Longwe, Sibongile Tshabalala, Mia Malan (moderator), Lee Fairlie and Nandipha Titana. Watch the full webinar >> Professor Valerie Mizrahi, a leading TB researcher for over three decades, says that South Africans have made “massive contributions” to the global TB fight because of “a high degree of integration, collaboration and coordination”. “We are a community of people who work together to tackle the disease in an interdisciplinary way,” Mizrahi told the webinar. Basic scientists, clinical researchers and public health specialists collaborate with civil society advocates, community engagement experts, and government “with a unified vision of what we’re trying to achieve,” said Mizhari, who recently retired as director of the Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine at the University of Cape Town. “At the core of this integrated enterprise are women.” “South Africa has a fantastic TB programme,” Prof Lee Fairlie told the webinar, detailing how advances in TB diagnosis and treatment, including new and shorter regimens for multi-drug resistant TB, had been pioneered in the country. New TB vaccines are in late-phase trials, while researcher Anura David, from Wits University’s Diagnostic Innovation Hub, is currently working on a TB self-test based on an oral swab to deliver faster, easier results. But the funding cuts have “severely affected” TB research, said Fairlie, who needs to “work hand-in-glove with communities” when recruiting people for these TB studies. Resources for data collection and monitoring and evaluation have been hard hit. A pharmacist holds two sets of pills in her hand, showing the difference between those taken under the newer regiment for drug-resistant TB versus the old treatment at the Sizwe Tropical Diseases Hospital in Johannesburg, South Africa. Certain programmes – such as those aimed at men who have sex with men and transgender people – have disappeared completely, said Fairlie, director at maternal and child health at the Reproductive Health Institute (RHI) at Wits University in Johannesburg. Some 15,000 frontline staff and 9,000 technical staff have lost their jobs, according to the TB Accountability Consortium in a recent presentation to the South African Parliament. “Many people have lost funding. Many people have had to be retrenched. And of course, this takes us a steps back from potential breakthroughs around optimal treatment for both HIV and TB,” said Fairlie. She added that there is a real risk that “people are falling out of care, not having access to treatment, which if you’re living with HIV, obviously increases your risks of becoming diseased with TB”. Sibongile Tshabalala, chairperson of the Treatment Action Campaign (TAC), said a recent survey of around 8,000 patients at 300 clinics found TB testing has dropped and that waiting times have increased since posts for health workers and testing facilities have been eliminated. Only half of those surveyed The TAC’s education campaigns on TB and HIV have also been affected. Appeal to the government A little TB patient at Brooklyn Chest Hospital in Cape Town, South Africa. Before the funding cuts, the South African government launched its “End TB” campaign, which aims to test five million people for the bacteria by the end of next year. But the TB Accountability Consortium points out that there is only funding for three million TB tests, and describes the health budget as “chronically underfunded”. Half the world’s funding for TB research and development comes from only two sources: the Gates Foundation and the US National Institutes for Health (NIH), which has changed its funding priorities since the Trump administration assumed power, said Mizhari. “This is forcing us to look inward as African countries and to actually take our seat at the table of responsibility for looking after this field,” said Mizhari. She warned that the South African TB sector is going to be “severely tested in the near term”, and the only way in it can unlock the necessary funds from donors and funders is to “make a very, very powerful case for the value proposition for tuberculosis, and I think that we’ve all got to think very deeply about what that is going to entail in a resource limited setting where there are so many other competing priorities.” Time to prioritise “We cannot sit back and just accept that this is the way things are going to be,” Mizhari urged. “We need to look at what our priorities are. We need to find much better ways to share information, to avoid duplication, and to double down on what it is that we need to do. There is no public health problem that is more severe and serious than TB.” Tshabalala urged the private sector to invest in TB, particularly urging large employers to step in. Meanwhile, Fairlie pointed out that researchers are “entirely dependent on donor funding”, and called for “increased collaboration across the spectrum” to ensure that “important work remains funded”. This article is based on a webinar co-sponsored by Health Policy Watch, Global Health Strategies and Bhekisisa. Watch the full webinar. Image Credits: TB Alliance, USAID, Southern Africa/Flickr. Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
Around 100 Gazans Died This Year of Starvation as of 29 July, WHO Confirms 07/08/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at Thursday’s press briefing in Geneva. WHO has confirmed reports of 99 people who died of malnutrition-related deaths in 2025, up until the end of July, including 64 adults and 35 children, most of the latter under the age of five, said WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Thursday. According to the Hamas-controlled Gaza Health Ministry, the number of malnutrition deaths this year has twice as high, exceeding 200 deaths as of the first week of August. Speaking at a press briefing for the Geneva UN Press Corps, Tedros added that while more supplies are now flowing into Gaza, the food as well as medical aid now entering, “is only a fraction of what is needed.” Tedros also called for the release of the 50 Israeli hostages held by Hamas in Gaza, 22 of which are believed to be alive – “and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food.” In a special UN Security Council session on Wednesday, Israel, the United States and hostage family members denounced the Hamas starvation of their loved ones. The session followed last week’s release by Hamas of video footage of two gaunt hostages, Rom Braslavsky and Evyatar David – with David tallying the meager rations he had eaten over the past week. Hamas released a video Aug. 1 showing 24-year-old Israeli hostage Evyatar David, visibly emaciated, tallying his food rations, and digging what he called his own grave inside a tunnel in Gaza. “In July, nearly 12 000 children under five years were identified as suffering from acute malnutrition, the highest monthly figure ever recorded,” Tedros said at the briefing. “Diseases continue to spread, fuelled by overcrowding and deteriorating water, sanitation and hygiene conditions, severely affecting the youngest,” he added, noting the growing concerns with two outbreaks in particular, of meningitis and Guillain-Barré syndrome, the latter a condition in which the immune system attacks the nerves, and which may be triggered by an acute bacterial or viral infection. “As of the 31st of July, a total of 418 suspected cases of meningitis and 64 cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome have been reported, with a noticeable increase in July,” he noted. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city in July 2025. Dying of hunger and in the search for food WHO officials said that the data on malnutrition deaths, last updated on 29 July, was compiled from direct reports by Gaza hospitals, and then evaluated by WHO on the basis of factors such as body mass index, before being added to the count. “Meanwhile, people are dying not only from hunger and disease, but also in the desperate search for food,” Tedros said. Since 27 May, more than 1600 people have been killed and nearly 12,000 injured while trying to collect food from distribution sites, he said. The large number of deaths have been blamed not only on Israeli army open-fire orders, but also on the paucity of food distribution points – including four points controlled by the controversial Humanitarian Foundation – following a prolonged food blockade in March and April. Gaza Palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site in late June – desperate crowds have had to run a gauntlet of Israeli army fire in their quests to reach only a few food distribution points. The flow of supplies began to increase in May-July, and even more over the past week, with more UN as well as commercial trucks permitted to enter, along with airdrops of food packages into Gaza by Jordan, the United Arab Emirates and others. But as of July, the total volume of supplies entering the enclave only amounted to about 60% of the caloric needs of Gaza’s population of two million, according to data compiled by The Guardian from Israeli military reports of food truck deliveries. Meanwhile, more and more supplies are being looted en route to distribution points by desperate mobs of hungry people. Social media footage has also shown both armed gangs and Hamas gunmen, riding atop convoys of the flatbed trucks laden with sacks of flour and other essentials. With increased desperation, has come “a breakdown of law and order, creating dangerous conditions under which humanitarian operations are forced to be conducted,” said Tedros. “The overall volume of nutrition supplies entering Gaza remains completely insufficient to prevent a further deterioration in the nutritional situation,” said Rick Peeperkorn, head of WHO’s office in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, speaking by video relay from Jerusalem. “The market needs to be flooded. There should also be a little to the diet, dietary diversity,” he added, noting a “complete breakdown in access to any diverse, nutritious foods.” WHO is also supporting Gaza’s sole malnutrition treatment center in Gaza, and there too, “supplies are very low.” Fears of repeat attack by Israeli military on WHO warehouse Despite the Israeli military attack on WHO’s main medical supply warehouse and staff residence in late July, WHO has als0 continued shipments and deliveries of medical supplies to Gaza’s hospitals, Tedros said. The WHO warehouse and nearby staff residence were attacked by Israeli military drones and artillery shells on 21 July. Four male staff members were also detained in the incident, with one still in Israeli custody. See related story. WHO Denounces Israeli Attacks on its Gaza Warehouse and Staff Residence in Latest Military Offensive Despite the damage, WHO has delivered a total of 68 trucks of essential medicines, blood, trauma and surgery supplies since late June, Tedros said. But the WHO Director General expressed concerns about the risks posed by ongoing Israeli military operations in the vicinity of the warehouse, located in the coastal area of Deir Al Balah, which has only recently begun to see widespread military operations. “Our premises need ongoing protection,” Tedros said. “Displacement orders issued….yesterday are risking the safety of our warehouse, which is 500 metres from the evacuation zone,” he noted. Medical evacuations – more host countries needed Sick and injured Palestinians leave Gaza for an airlift to the UAE via Israel’s Ramon airfield in July 2024 – so far 7,522 patients have been moved, but twice that number remain trapped in Gaza in urgent need of specialized medical care abroad. More than 14,800 patients in Gaza are also in urgent need of medical evacuation for specialised medical care, Tedros stressed, appealing to host countries to accept more evacuees. Since the conflict began in October 2023, WHO has helped to evacuate 7522 patients from Gaza, Tedros added, including 15 critically ill children moved to Jordan on Wednesday. “We urge more countries to step forward to accept patients and for medical evacuations to be expedited through all possible routes,” Tedros said. “The ongoing blockages must be stopped and greater volumes of aid need to come in to rebuild critical reserves,” he added, calling for a “scaled-up, sustained and unimpeded flow of humanitarian aid, including food and health aid, in line with international humanitarian law, via all possible routes. “We also call for humanitarian corridors to evacuate those in need of urgent medical care outside Gaza. We call for the protection of health workers, patients and all civilians. “We call for the release of all remaining hostages, and for their humane treatment and access to medical care and food. “We call for the immediate and unconditional release of our [WHO] colleague who has been detained since the 21st of July. And most of all, we call for a ceasefire, and a lasting peace.” Correction – A statement that data on Hamas reported malnutrition deaths in Gaza was more than five times higher than WHO figures was based on incorrect interpretation of the data. Hamas reported an excess of 200 deaths by the first week of August, roughly twice that of WHO figures. Image Credits: UNRWA, E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Hostages and Missing Families Forum , X/Channel 4 News , WHO. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts